IEE: Sri Lanka: Local Government Enhancement Project

225
Draft Initial Environmental Examination June 2011 SRI: Local Government Enhancement Project Neluwa Roads Subproject Prepared by the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils for the Asian Development Bank.

Transcript of IEE: Sri Lanka: Local Government Enhancement Project

Draft Initial Environmental Examination June 2011

SRI: Local Government Enhancement Project – Neluwa Roads Subproject

Prepared by the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils for the Asian Development Bank.

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB - Asian Development Bank

C&P - Consultation and Participation

CEA - Central Environmental Authority CITES - Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species

of Wild Fauna and Flora

CMS - Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals

DSC - design and supervision consultant

EARF

Environmental Assessment and Resettlement Framework

EIA - environmental impact assessment

EMP - environmental management plan

EPL - Environmental Protection License

GRC - Grievance Redress Committee

GRM - grievance redress mechanism

H&S - Health and Safety

IEE - initial environmental examination IUCN - International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural

Resources

LGEP - Local Government Enhancement Project

MLGPC - Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils

NEA - National Environment Act

NGO - non government organizations

NPS - Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha

O&M - operations and maintenance

PMC ES - project management consultant environment specialist

PMU - project management unit

PMU-ESO - project management unit environment safeguards officer

PPE - personal protective equipment

RoW - right of way

SLSI - Sri Lanka Standards Institute

SPCU - Subproject Coordination Units

SPS - Safeguard Policy Statement

SWM - solid waste management

UNESCO - United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

cm – centimeter

dbA – decibels

ha – hectare

km – kilometer

m – meter

m3 – cubic meter

mm – millimeter

GLOSSARY

Pradeshiya Sabha – Local authorities established under the Pradeshiya Sabhas

Act Number 15 of 1987. Smallest political unit in peri-urban

and rural areas.

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein

do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may

be preliminary in nature.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

CONTENTS

Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

I. INTRODUCTION 1

A. Purpose of the Report 1 B. Study Objective 1 C. Approach and Methodology for the IEE Study 2 D. Project Location 2 E. Organization of the Report 4

II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 5

A. Environmental Compliance Requirements 5 B. Applicable International Environmental Agreements 8

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 9

A. Need of the Project 9 B. Description of the Subproject 9

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 11

A. Physical Resources 11 B. Ecological Resources 11 C. Economic Development 12 D. Social and Cultural Resources 14 E. Environmental status 15

V. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 16

A. Pre Construction – Design Phase Impacts 16 B. Construction Phase Impacts 18 C. Operation and Maintenance 24

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION 24

A. Public Consultation and Information Disclosure 24 B. Information Disclosure 25

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 26

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 28

A. Implementation Arrangements 28 B. Institutional Capacity Development Program 29 C. Environmental Mitigation Plan 31 D. Environmental Monitoring Program 31 E. Staffing Requirement and Budget 50 F. Monitoring and Reporting 50

IX. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION 51

APPENDIXES

1. Sri Lanka Standards Institution Applicable Standards 53

2. Status of Existing Roads (Photographs Taken on 29th April 2011) 55

3. Records of Public Consultation 56 4. Sample Grievance Registration Form 59 5. Recommended Construction Contractors Clauses 60 6. Environmental Monitoring Format 64

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. The Local Government Enhancement Project (LGEP) is a key infrastructure initiative of the Government of Sri Lanka, and aims to improve local infrastructure and services delivered effectively by local authorities in less developed areas in Sri Lanka (Pradeshiya Sabhas)1 in seven provinces selected by the government through the delivery of improved water supply, sanitation, roads and bridges, drainage infrastructure, solid waste management (SWM), and public facilities. LGEP includes institutional strengthening and capacity building of the state, provincial and local agencies enabling to enhance the productivity of the local service delivery. The project will be implemented over a 4 year period beginning in 2011, and funded by a sector loan from the Asian Development Bank (ADB). The executing agency is the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC). 2. ADB requires delivery of environmental safeguards throughout the project cycle and policy principles and requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 (SPS). This Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) has been prepared for Neluwa Roads Subproject which covers repair and upgrade of 3 existing Pradeshiya Sabha Roads. 3. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared which includes (i) mitigation measures for significant environmental impacts during implementation, (ii) environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigation, monitoring, and reporting; (iii) public consultation and information disclosure; and (iv) grievance redress mechanism. 4. The subproject is needed because the conditions of the 3 existing roads are deteriorated and will often flood during rainy season making them impassable. The 3 roads also link the villages to the town area and nearby market centers and communities. 5. Detailed design will begin by end of February 2012 and is expected to be completed in June 2012. Implementation will be started from October 2012 and will be completed by October 2013. A total of 12 months construction period is being considered. 6. The subproject sites are existing class D and E roads managed by Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha. There are no wetlands, mangroves, or estuarines within the project sites. Trees, vegetation (mostly shrubs and grasses), and terrestrial animals are those commonly found in developed areas. The subproject sites are not located in agricultural lands nor located in or near any historically-, culturally-, archaeologically- or architecturally-significant area. 7. Potential negative impacts were identified in relation to design, construction, and operation of the improved infrastructure. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. A number of impacts and their significance have already been reduced by amending the designs, and through selection of alternative design.

1 LGEP will focus on local authorities (Pradeshiya Sabhas) that have had no access to resources in upgrading services. The Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) has developed a set of indicators to define and identify these emerging local authorities. The MLGPC finalized the assessment of the Pradeshiya Sabhas in early May 2011, using the indicators in the areas of (i) geographical location and demography, (ii) social infrastructure and quality of life, (iii) physical infrastructure and services, (iv) financial strength and resources, and (v) management capacity.

ii

8. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from the earth-movement and disturbance of road users, and traffic during construction work. These are common impacts of construction in urban areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation. 9. Further, it is proposed that the subproject will employ in the workforce people who live in the vicinity of construction sites to provide them with a short-term economic gain; and ensure that people employed in the longer term to maintain and operate the new facilities are residents of nearby communities. 10. Once the system is operating, the roads will operate with routine maintenance, which shall not affect the environment. The roads will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent and affecting small areas only. It will also be conducted in areas that have already been excavated, so there will be no need to protect archaeological material. 11. The main impacts of the improved road will be benefits for citizens of Neluwa. They will be provided with improved accessibility and linkages thus improve the quality of life of people. This will reduce the travel time and wear and tear of vehicles. This will also lead to economic gains as people will indirectly increasing their income. 12. Mitigation of adverse environmental impacts will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring and management conducted during construction and operation to ensure that all measures in the EMP are implemented and to determine whether the environment is protected as intended. This will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries, and any requirements for remedial action will be reported to the project management unit (PMU). There will also be longer-term surveys to monitor the expected improvements in the economic gain of the population and the Pradeshiya Sabha. 13. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through face-to-face discussions on site and a meeting held in the Pradeshiya Sabha, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the Pradeshiya Sabha and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB website. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation. 14. Therefore, the subproject is unlikely to cause major significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with design, construction, and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures.

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Purpose of the Report

1. The Local Government Enhancement Project (LGEP) is a key infrastructure initiative of the Government of Sri Lanka, and aims to improve local infrastructure and services delivered effectively by local authorities in less developed areas in Sri Lanka (Pradeshiya Sabhas)1 in seven provinces selected by the government through the delivery of improved water supply, sanitation, roads and bridges, drainage infrastructure, solid waste management (SWM), and public facilities. LGEP includes institutional strengthening and capacity building of the state, provincial and local agencies enabling to enhance the productivity of the local service delivery. 2. The project is proposed to be implemented over a 4 year period beginning in 2011, and will be funded through a sector loan from the Asian Development Bank (ADB). The executing agency for the project is the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC); and the implementing agency will be the seven Provincial Councils considered under the project. MLGPC will operate the project through a project management unit (PMU), while each implementing agency will operate the project through subproject coordinating units (SPCU). 3. During project preparation, Neluwa Roads is being considered for financing. Preliminary design has been developed for the Neluwa Roads Subproject, and on the basis of preliminary design, an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report was prepared. 4. It is mandatory that the projects considered for implementation under the project complies with all relevant environmental requirements of the Government of Sri Lanka and ADB‟s Safeguards Policy Statement (SPS), 2009. The government‟s National Environment Act (NEA) sets out the requirement for environmental assessment in Sri Lanka. This states that environmental clearance is required for specified activities/projects, and that this must be obtained before any construction work. The roads subproject in Neluwa does not fall under the ambit of the NEA, and therefore environmental clearance is not required. 5. This IEE report is prepared for the Neluwa Roads Subproject which covers repair and upgrade of (i) 2.5 kilometer (km) Dickhena – Kukul Kanda Road; (ii) 3.7 km Lailwala - Suduwelipotha Road; and (iii) 4.5 km Batahira Millawa – Narabahena Road. B. Study Objective

6. The objectives in undertaking this IEE study are: (i) To predict environmental consequences – positive and negative impacts

associated with the proposed design for the water supply subproject at Neluwa; (ii) This study will be used as a planning tool by integrating objectives of sustainable

development with economic growth and social development to facilitate decision-making; and

(iii) Assessment of all statutory requirements for the subproject such as applicable rules and regulations, clearances required etc.

1 LGEP will focus on local authorities (Pradeshiya Sabhas) that have no access to resources in upgrading services. The Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) has developed a set of indicators to define and identify these emerging local authorities. The MLGPC finalized the assessment of the Pradeshiya Sabhas in early May 2011, using the indicators in the areas of (i) geographical location and demography, (ii) social infrastructure and quality of life, (iii) physical infrastructure and services, (iv) financial strength and resources, and (v) management capacity.

2

7. The main aim of the IEE is the early determination of the potential magnitude of environmental impacts due to proposed works and development of mitigation measures. 8. This IEE covers the general environmental profile of Neluwa and includes an overview of the potential environmental impacts and their magnitude on physical, ecological, economic, and social and cultural resources within the subproject‟s influence area during design, construction, and operation stages. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is part of this report which includes mitigation measures for significant environmental impacts during implementation of the Project, an environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigation and monitoring. C. Approach and Methodology for the IEE Study

9. The environmental assessment study followed a number of steps. The main steps are: (i) Review of any previous studies; (ii) Harmonization of environmental safeguard requirements of the government and

ADB; (iii) Screening of impacts and prioritization; (iv) Exploration of opportunities for environmental enhancement; (v) Public Consultation with affected people, local government bodies, government

representatives, nongovernment organizations and business communities to introduce project components and anticipated impacts;

(vi) Focus group discussions in the subproject area; (vii) Prediction of impacts and preparation of mitigation measures through field

investigation and data analysis; (viii) Integration of environment measures in engineer‟s planning; (ix) Preparation of draft IEE reports and EMP; (x) Presenting draft IEE report in stakeholder and public consultation meetings for

public disclosure; (xi) Review of draft IEE reports and EMP; (xii) Submit final IEE report and EMP incorporating comments from the public

consultations to MLGPC and ADB for approval; and (xiii) Implement EMP during construction, and operation and maintenance stages.

10. IEE report was prepared on the basis of detailed screening and analysis of all environmental parameters, field investigations and stakeholder consultations to meet the requirements for environmental assessment process and documentation of ADB‟s SPS, 2009 and Government of Sri Lanka‟s National Environment Act. D. Project Location

11. The subproject is located in Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha of Southern Province, in the southern part of Sri Lanka. The proposed infrastructures will be located in and around the town. The subproject sites are existing class D and E roads managed by Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha (Figure 1). There are no wetlands, mangroves, or estuarines within the project sites. Trees, vegetation (mostly shrubs and grasses), and terrestrial animals are those commonly found in developed areas. The subproject sites are not located in agricultural lands nor located in or near any historically-, culturally-, archaeologically- or architecturally-significant area.

3

Figure 1: Location of Subprojects

Dickhena-Kukul Kanda Road

Start 6 19' 48.9" N 80 23' 23.3" End 6 20' 46.55" 80 23' 27.8"

Laiwala-Suduwelipotha Road

Start 6 20' 55" N 80 22' 35" E

Batahira Millawa-Narabahena Road

Start at Batahira N 6 18' 13.4" E 80 26' 59" End (Proposed section) Near Millawa N 6 17' 18" E 80 27' 50"

4

E. Organization of the Report

12. In line with ADB‟s SPS, the IEE report has 9 chapters. The summary of contents of the chapters is as follows:

(i) Executive Summary – This section describes concisely the critical facts, significant findings, and recommended actions.

(ii) Chapter 1: Introduction – This section describes the purpose of the report, study objectives, approach and methodology and project location

(iii) Chapter 2: Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework – This section discusses the national and local legal and institutional framework within which the environmental assessment is carried out. It also identifies project-relevant international environmental agreements to which the country is a party and requirement of no objection certificate, consent/ permission from concerned departments and/or organizations, etc.

(iv) Chapter 3: Description of the Project – This section describes the proposed project; its major components; and its geographic, ecological, social, and temporal context, including any associated facility required by and for the project. This section includes drawings and maps showing the project‟s layout and components, the project site, and the project's area of influence.

(v) Chapter 4: Description of the Environment – This section describes relevant physical, biological, and socioeconomic conditions within the study area. It also looks at current and proposed development activities within the project's area of influence, including those not directly connected to the project. It indicates the reliability, and sources of the data.

(vi) Chapter 5: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures – This section predicts and assesses the project's likely positive and negative direct and indirect impacts to physical, biological, socioeconomic (including occupational health and safety, community health and safety, vulnerable groups and gender issues, and impacts on livelihoods through environmental media) and physical cultural resources in the project's area of influence, in quantitative terms to the extent possible; identifies mitigation measures and any residual negative impacts that cannot be mitigated; explores opportunities for enhancement; identifies and estimates the extent and quality of available data, key data gaps, and uncertainties associated with predictions and specifies topics that do not require further attention; and examines global, transboundary, and cumulative impacts as appropriate.

(vii) Chapter 6: Information Disclosure, Consultation, and Participation – This section describes process of identification and engaging of stakeholder, information disclosure; followed by consultation with affected person and stakeholder. This section summarize the comments and concerns of affected persons particularly sensitive receptors like vulnerable groups, women, poor and indigenous peoples and method of mitigation. This section also describes type, time and method of information disclosure and the strategy for carrying out consultation and disclosure process during project implementation.

(viii) Chapter 7: Grievance Redress Mechanism – This section describes the grievance redress framework and setting out the time frame and mechanisms for resolving complaints about environmental performance.

(ix) Chapter 8: Environmental Management Plan – This section deals with the set of mitigation and management measures to be taken for each environmental impact during project designing, construction and operation. It includes multiple

5

management plans and actions. The steps involved identification of anticipated impacts, description of each mitigation measure with technical details, including the type of impact to which it relates and the conditions under which it is required. Linkage with other mitigation plans like involuntary resettlement, Indigenous Peoples, or emergency response as required for the project to be drawn. This section also includes monitoring and reporting procedure. That covers parameters to be monitored, frequency of measurement, monitoring methodology and presentation of detection and threshold limit etc. This section describe implementation arrangement, which specifies the implementation schedule showing phasing and coordination with overall project implementation, requirement of institutional or organizational arrangements particularly responsibility for carrying out the mitigation and monitoring measures, requirement of strengthening of institutional capacity through organization of training program. Capital and recurring cost for environmental management and source of the fund also describe in this section. Finally selection of performance indicators, targets, or acceptance criteria as a project outcome describe in this section.

(x) Chapter 9: Conclusion and Recommendation – This section provides the conclusions drawn from the assessment and provides recommendations.

II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

A. Environmental Compliance Requirements

1. ADB Policy

13. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of ADB‟s operations, and the requirements for Environmental Assessment are described in ADB SPS. This states that ADB requires environmental assessment of all project loans, program loans, sector loans, sector development program loans, and loans involving financial intermediaries, and private sector loans. 14. Screening and Categorization. The nature of the environmental assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project, the sensitivity, scale, nature and magnitude of its potential impacts, and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impact are assigned to one of the following four categories:

(i) Category A. Projects could have significant adverse environmental impacts. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required to address significant impacts.

(ii) Category B. Projects could have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree or significance than those in category A. An IEE is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report.

(iii) Category C. Projects are unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are reviewed.

(iv) Category FI. Projects involve a credit line through a financial intermediary or an equity investment in a financial intermediary. The financial intermediary must

6

apply an environmental management system, unless all projects will result in insignificant impacts.

15. Environmental Management Plan. An EMP which addresses the potential impacts and risks identified by the environmental assessment shall be prepared. The level of detail and complexity of the EMP and the priority of the identified measures and actions will be commensurate with the Project‟s impact and risks. 16. Public Disclosure. The IEE will be put in an accessible place (e.g., local government offices, libraries, community centers, etc.), and a summary translated into Assamese for the project-affected people and other stakeholders. ADB will post the following safeguard documents on its website so affected people, other stakeholders, and the general public can provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation:

(i) final IEE upon receipt; (ii) a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan during project implementation

upon receipt; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports submitted by the project management unit

(PMU) during project implementation upon receipt. 2. Applicable National Legislations

17. The requirement for environmental assessment in Sri Lanka is established by the National Environment Act (1980), and the procedures are defined in the EIA Regulations (1993). The regulations specify activities for which environmental assessment is mandatory, and those that could occur within this subproject are as follows:

(i) Projects that fall within 100 m from the boundaries of or within any area declared under (i) the National Heritage Wilderness Act No. 3 of 1988; and (ii) the Forest Ordinance (Chapter 451); and

(ii) Projects that fall within sensitive area(s). 18. Sensitive areas are defined in the EIA Regulations as:

(i) Any erodable area declared under the Soil Conservation Act (1951, 1953); (ii) Any flood area declared under the Flood Protection Ordinance (1924, 1955); (iii) Any flood protection area declared under the Land Reclamation and

Development Corporation Act (1968, 1982); (iv) Any reservation beyond the full supply level of a reservoir; (v) Any archaeological reserve, ancient or protected monument as defined or

declared under the Antiquities Ordinance (1965); (vi) Any area declared under the Botanic Gardens Ordinance (1928, 1973); (vii) Areas within, or less than 100 meters (m) from the boundaries of, any area

declared under the Forest Ordinance and National Heritage and Wilderness Act (1988);

(viii) Areas within, or less than 100 m from the boundaries of, any area declared as a Sanctuary under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance (1937);

(ix) Areas within, or less than 100 m from the high flood level contour of, a public lake as defined by the Crown Lands Ordinance (1947, 1949, 1956) including those declared under Section 71 of the Ordinance; and

7

(x) Areas 60 m or less from the bank of a public stream as defined in the Crown Lands Ordinance, with a width of more than 25 m at any point.

19. The subproject (i) does not fall within 100 m from the boundaries of or within any area declared under the National Heritage Wilderness Act No. 3 of 1988; and the Forest Ordinance (Chapter 451); and (ii) does not fall within any sensitive areas. Therefore environmental clearance is not required. 20. An Environmental Protection License (EPL) from CEA is not required for this subproject. 21. There are further compliance requirements prescribed by other certain legislation, in particular the Coast Conservation Act, which requires clearance by the Coast Conservation Department (CCD) for any development activity or structure in the coastal zone.2 The subproject is not located in the coastal zone. 22. No development or encroachment of any kind is permitted in archaeological reserves declared under the Antiquities Ordinance No 9 of 1940 as amended (Section 34). The Director General of Archaeology is empowered to conduct an Archaeological Impact Assessment of areas that may be affected by development or other projects proposed by the government or any person. There are no archaeological reserves in the subproject location. 23. No construction activities are permitted in national reserves (under the jurisdiction of the Department of Wildlife Conservation – see the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance No. 2 of 1937 as amended) and forest reserves (under the jurisdiction of the Forest Department – see the Forest Ordinance of 1907 as amended). Sanctuaries, also declared under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance, may include privately-held land. Clearance from the Department of Wildlife Conservation if construction is proposed in sanctuaries. Construction within 1 mile (1.6 km) radius of a national reserve, sanctuary or buffer zone needs permission from the Department of Wildlife Conservation (see the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance No. 2 of 1937 as amended). Any development activity within a fishery reserve3 requires the permission and approval of the Director of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (see the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act No. 2 of 1996). Any construction taking place in close proximity to a forest reserve must be approved and cleared by the Forest Department. The roads are located 5 kilometers away from the Sinharaja Reserve Forest, both declared as national and forest reserve. There are no fishery reserves in Neluwa. 24. Using paddy land for a purpose other than agricultural cultivation without the written permission of the Commissioner General is a punishable offense under the Agrarian Development Act No. 46 of 2000 (Section 32). The subproject will not use paddy lands. 25. In addition to environmental clearance, approval from the local authorities and CEA for site clearance; and consent from all relevant Pradeshiya Sabhas, Provincial Councils, and Divisional Secretaries shall be obtained before construction begins.

2 The coastal zone is defined in the Coast Conservation Act No. 57 of 1981 “as the area lying within a limit of 300 meters landward from mean high water line (MHWL). In the case of rivers, streams, lagoons or any other body of water connected to the sea, either permanently or periodically, the landward boundary extends to a limit of 2 km measured perpendicular to the straight base line drawn between the natural entrance points thereof and includes waters of such rivers, streams and lagoons or any other body of water so connected to the sea.”

3 Certain areas adjoining earmarked reservoirs and water bodies can be declared as a fishery reserve with the concurrence of the Minister of Wild Life and Natural Resources.

8

26. The Sri Lanka Standards Institute (SLSI) is the National Standards Body of Sri Lanka, established under the Bureau of Ceylon Standards Act No. 38 of 1964. All applicable SLSI Standards which must be complied with are presented in Appendix 1. 27. A summary of Government environmental compliance requirements applicable to the Project is presented in Table 1.

Table 1: Summary of Environmental Compliance Requirements of the Neluwa Roads Subproject

Subproject Subcomponent Applicable Legislation Statutory Requirement

Authorizing Body

1 Roads and Bridges

All subcomponents that require site clearance

Municipal Councils Ordinance No. 29 of 1947, the Urban Councils Ordinance No. 61 of 1939 and the Pradeshiya Sabha Act No. 15 of 1987 as amended

Clearance Municipal Councils, Urban Councils and Pradeshiya Sabhas

B. Applicable International Environmental Agreements

28. In addition to national rules and regulations, international conventions such as the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) and Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance are applicable for selection and screening of subprojects under restricted/sensitive areas. Sri Lanka is a party to these conventions. 29. International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN). The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (also known as the IUCN Red List or Red Data List), founded in 1963, is a comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. The IUCN is an authority on the conservation status of species. The IUCN Red List is set upon precise criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. Species found in the subproject site are not included in IUCN Red List for Sri Lanka (cmsdata.iucn.org/downloads/rl_548_7_003.pdf). 30. Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS). CMS was adopted in 1979 and entered into force on 1 November 1983. CMS, also known as the Bonn Convention, recognizes that local authorities must be the protectors of migratory species that live within or pass through their national jurisdictions, and aims to conserve terrestrial, marine and avian migratory species throughout their ranges. Migratory species threatened with extinction are listed on Appendix I of the Convention. Migratory species that need or will significantly benefit from international cooperation are listed in Appendix II of the Convention. 31. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). It is an international agreement between governments. Its aim is to ensure that international trade in specimens of wild animals and plants does not threaten their survival. The trade is diverse, ranging from live animals and plants to a vast array of wildlife products derived from them, including food products, exotic leather goods, wooden musical instruments, timber, tourist curios and medicines. Levels of exploitation of some animal and plant species are high and the trade in them, together with other factors, such as habitat loss, is capable of heavily depleting their populations and even bringing some species close to extinction. Many wildlife species in trade are not endangered, but the existence of an agreement to ensure the sustainability of the trade is important in order to safeguard these resources for the future.

9

32. Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance 1971. The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, called the Ramsar Convention, is an intergovernmental treaty that provides the framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. According to the Ramsar list of Wetlands of International Importance, there are five designated wetlands in Sri Lanka which are required to be protected. Activities undertaken in the proximity of Ramsar wetlands shall follow the guidelines of the convention. However, none of these are located in Kolonna. 33. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) World Heritage Convention. The most significant feature of the 1972 World Heritage Convention is that it links together in a single document the concepts of nature conservation and the preservation of cultural properties. The Convention recognizes the way in which people interact with nature, and the fundamental need to preserve the balance between the two. The roads are located more than 3-km from the protected core area and even more than the 3-km recommended buffer zone4 of the Sinharaja Forest Reserve, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

A. Need of the Project

34. The subproject is needed because the conditions of the 3 existing roads are deteriorated and will often flood during rainy season making them impassable. The 3 roads also link the villages to the town area and nearby market centers and communities. B. Description of the Subproject

35. The subproject has been proposed by the Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha to: (i) improve infrastructural facilities and help create durable assets and quality oriented services in the identified town area; (ii) economical growth of the area through improved connectivity; and (iii) improved accessibility for services and residences

1. Project components

36. The description of the proposed subproject components are summarized in Table 2.

Table 2: Profile of the Existing Roads Road No. 1 - Dickhena – Kukul Kanda Road

Connecting Towns Neluwa and Morawaka

Basis for selection The selection of this road is important on the basis that it will ease the trouble faced by the commuters‟ agricultural cultivators in transporting their products such as tea, rubber and cinnamon. Since the road is connected to the main road of Neluwa Morawaka with the improvement the community can easily access the town, schools, hospital and market places. Currently, the villagers have to travel extra 4 km in order to full fill their basic requirements by hiring cars, vans since the road is not suitable for vehicular traffic. Through this road more than 20 three-wheels operate as a main mode of transportation. However, three wheel owners spent approximately Rs. 3,000 and other vehicle owners spent about Rs. 3,000 to 4,000/- per month for repairs due to poor condition of the road.

4 Sinharaja National Heritage Wilderness Area Management Plan. Prepared by the Forest Department, Ministry of

Environment and Natural Resources. August 2009.

10

Road No. 1 - Dickhena – Kukul Kanda Road

Beneficiaries 250 Families

Earth Section 900 m

Total Length of road 2.5 Km

Road Width 4.5 m

Status of road This road is in a hilly terrain. The earth road is damaged and barley in a motorable condition and damaged at many places mainly due to surface run off and lack of drainage width. The concrete sections are in good condition but have no shoulders. The drains need to be rubble pitched to prevent any further erosion under the concrete

Culverts and drains 5 nos. of cross drains needs to be improved. 2 nos. of box culverts needs to be improved.

Road No. 2 - Lailwala - Suduwelipotha Road

Connecting Towns Neluwa and Morawaka

Basis for selection The selection of this road is important on the basis that it will ease the trouble faced by the commuters, agricultural cultivators in transporting their products such as tea, rubber and cinnamon. Since the road is connected to the main road of Neluwa Morawaka with the improvement the community can easily access the town, schools, hospital and market places.

Beneficiaries 100 Families

Earth Section 2.3 Km

Total Length of road 3.7 Km

Road Width 4.5 m

Status of road This road is in a hilly terrain. The earth road is damaged and barley in a motorable condition and damaged at many places mainly due to surface run off and lack of drainage width. The concrete sections are in good condition but have no shoulders. The drains need to be rubble pitched to prevent any further erosion under the concrete

Culverts and drains 3 nos. of pipe culverts needs to be improved. 4 nos. of box culverts need to be improved.

Road No. 3 - Batahira Millawa – Narabahena Road

Connecting Towns Neluwa and Morawaka

Basis for selection The selection of this road is important on the basis that it will ease the trouble faced by the commuters‟ agricultural cultivators in transporting their products such as tea, rubber and cinnamon. Since the road is connected to the main road of Neluwa and Morawaka main roads, with the improvement the community can easily access the Neluwa and Morawaka towns, schools, hospital and market places.

Beneficiaries 610 Families

Gravel Section 2.2 Km

Total Length of road 4.5 Km

Road Width 4 m

Status of road This road is in a hilly terrain. The earth road is damaged and barley in a motorable condition and damaged at many places mainly due to surface run off and lack of drainage width. The concrete sections are in good condition but have no shoulders. The drains need to be rubble pitched to prevent any further erosion under the concrete

Culverts and drains 4 nos. of cross drains needs to be improved 3 nos. of box culverts need to be improved

km = kilometer, m = meter

2. Implementation Schedule

37. Detailed design will begin by end of February 2012 and is expected to be completed in June 2012. Implementation will be started from October 2012 and will be completed by October 2013 A total of 12 months construction period is being considered.

11

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

A. Physical Resources

38. Location. Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha (NPS) is situated in the North Eastern boundary of the Galle district. It lies between 60 17‟ to 60 25‟ 5” N latitude and 800 19‟ to 890 29‟ 5” E longitude. 39. The boundaries are comprised of: Kalutara and Ratnapura districts in the North, Matara district in the East and South and Thawalama DS division in the West. The extent of NPS is 19, 350 ha which 9% of the total land area of Galle district. A predominantly rural area, covered by 34 GN divisions has 7201 families. 40. Climate. Rainfall of the area is mainly confined to the south-west monsoon and average annual rainfall is about 3000 mm. The maximum rainfall is reported during May to September while the area gets a considerable rainfall during north east monsoon and intermediate period through tropical cyclones. The average annual temperature is about 26.8 0C. 41. Topography, Soil and Geology. Neluwa is located within South Western lowland plain as identified based on the basis of climate, lithology, structure and elevation of the area. Geologically the area is made up of highly crystalline hard metamorphic basement rock of pre Cambrian era and the dominant rock types of the study area belong to the Charnokite – Meta sedimentary series of rocks of Highland complex. 42. The study area contains red yellow podzolic soil and red yellow podzolic soils with semi prominent A 1 horizon and low humid Glay soils. The elevation of Neluwa Town is 220 ft. above the mean sea level. An agro ecological region represents a particular combination of the natural characteristic of climate, soil and relief (Panabokke, 1996). Hence the area belongs to WL1a agro ecological zone with >3200 mm of 75% expectancy value of rainfall. 43. Surface water. The Gin River passing through the district is the major source of surface water. Gin ganga with a 113 km length and 932km2 basin area drains across the Neluwa DS division which cause frequent flooding of the area due to heavy rain. 44. Groundwater. The ground water gets contaminated during the flooding of Gin River (which occurs approximately 3 times a year) and becomes muddy. Hence the ground water is not reliable for drinking or other basic domestic needs B. Ecological Resources

45. Strips of riparian vegetation and the lowland rain forests i.e Sinharaja are natural habitats found closer to the area. The tributary stream network of the project area sustains a rich aquatic fauna. The surrounding area has been subjected to land fragmentation due to tea plantations, home gardens and agriculture use resulting in the depletion of the ground water table and ecological resources in the area. 46. Sinharaja Forest Reserve. The Sinharala tropical lowland rain forest which is a biodiversity hotspot in Sri Lanka is closer proximity to Neluwa. It is of international significance and has been declared as a biosphere reserve in 1978 and world heritage site by UNESCO in 1988. The great diversity of species of Sinharaja forest makes it difficult to distinguish ecological patterns. However, some tree associations have been recognized and these are the

12

Dipterocarpus (Hora-Bu Hora) an association confined to the lower elevations along the Gin Ganga Valley and the Mesua-Doona (Shorea) association forms the matrix of the Sinharaja forest.

47. The vegetation of Sinharaja is that of humid wet evergreen forest type with a high degree of endemism. The total vegetation density, including trees, shrubs, herbs and seedlings has been estimated to be around 240,000 individuals per hectare, of which 95% comprise individuals of the ground layer below 1m in height. The density of trees, lianas above 30cm girth at breast height, ranges between 600-700 individuals/ha. Preliminary studies on the fauna of Sinharaja have revealed that there is a high degree of endemism among the butterflies, fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. 48. Doowili Ella. Doowili Ella is the most famous of the group of falls found in the Sinharaja Forest Reserve closer by project area. The fall is situated near the Sinhavali Tea Factory at the edge of the Sinharaja Forest Reserve, 6km from Neluwa. The fall is 17m in height and 1m wide. The dust-like spray of the cascading water envelops the area and gave rise to its name ('duli' meaning dust). 49. The other three waterfalls namely Brahmana Ella, Ura Wetuna Ella, Malmora Ella and Thattu Ella belong to Heriyawa Dola waterfall complex are flown through the Neluwa DS division. 50. Brahmana Ella. This waterfall is located in Lankagama 12 km from Neluwa township. The 150 feet falls drop in five cascades. It is located close to the Neluwa Lankagama road. Already hydropower is generated from this falls. The falls spring from the Hariyawa dola (rivulet) in Sinharaja forest. The area is well protected being inside the protected area. 51. Gin River. Gin Ganga (river) is one of the major rivers in the southern province. It originates from Rakwana mountains and flows through Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas and exits on the west side of the Pradeshiya Sabhas to Thawalama Pradeshiya Sabhas. Gin Ganga is supported by about 7 streams originate in Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas including Doovili Ella. C. Economic Development

1. Economy

52. Currently the economy of the Pradeshiya Sabha is dependent on agriculture, including paddy, tea, cinnamon, pepper and Cloves. Small scale cottage industries in the area include timber mills, paddy mills, bakery products, blacksmiths and further to the list given below, there are 10 medium and large scale tea factories are functioning within the Pradeshiya Sabha area. 53. Apart from these, there is no other industrial activity of any significance in the Pradeshiya Sabhas. Small scale operations supported by family labor are also distributed throughout the Pradeshiya Sabhas supplying for various needs of the local population. 54. It is estimated that Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas accounts only for 3.9% government employment which is very low compared with the district average of 10.1% and national average of 9.3%. According to a study carried out by the Census and Statistics Department (2008), 74.6% of the labor force above 10 years is engaged in agriculture and fisheries related employment. This share at the national level is about 50% and this significant difference is an

13

indication of limited employment opportunities in Neluwa compared to other areas in the country. 55. Major small scale industries in Neluwa are shown in Table 3.

Table 3: Industries functioning in the Pradeshiya Sabha Area Industries Number

Lathe 1

Welding 8

Honey and related products 113

Sweets and Bakery products 23

Mechanic Workshops 14

Cement Products 8

Grinding Mill 10

Rice Mill 5

Timber Mill 3

Vehicle Service Station 6

Gold Smith 3 Source: Resource profile-2009, Neluwa DS division

56. Further to the list given above, there are 10 medium and large scale tea factories are functioning within the Pradeshiya Sabha area.

2. Infrastructure Facilities

57. Water Resources. The area is fed mainly by the Gin River. In addition, there are large number of streams and waterfalls flowing through the NPS area. Majority of them have a perennial supply of water. Therefore an adequate supply of water for irrigation is available for farming families in the NPS. 58. Almost 90% of the population obtains water from springs which are abundant in the Pradeshiya Sabhas area. The balance obtains their water supply from dug wells. Inland fishery is practiced in a small scale in the Gin River and Dellawa ela area. There is a growth in inland fishery activities with the assistance received from government. 59. Solid waste management. Solid waste generated is collected by Pradeshiya Sabha. The coverage of garbage collection is limited to urban areas and the collection is about 6 tons per day. 60. Transportation. Transport in NPS is mainly by personal vehicles (bicycles and motorcycles) or trishaws, and privately owned farm tractors provide a form of intermediate public transport system. Tractors and Lorries are used to transport tea to the factories. Public transport is carried in Pelawatte Udugama road and Neluwa Morawaka road. 61. Existing Roads. The NPS maintains 356.23 kms of roads which are being heavily used by the communities in their day to day work and transportation of their agriculture products; need to be improved with metalling and tarring. 62. Furthermore, it has created difficulties and hardships for the local communities to carry out their day to day tasks as these arterial roads are connected to schools, markets and other main roads. In addition, the intermittent rains in the area filled up the depressions on these roads and produced a favorable habitat and breeding grounds for mosquitoes building up a

14

potential health hazard. Lack of drainage facilities in some of the roads has created temporary flood situation and has resulted in the destruction of the road surface. 63. Power source and transmission. Almost 86% of the housing units in the area have got electricity power connection through the national power supply and mini hydro power projects in the area. The availability of power supply in Neluwa DS division is shown in Table 4.

Table 4: Availability of Electricity at Households in Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas Availability of Electricity No. of Households Row Percentage

Yes 6391 85.9

No 1045 14.1

(Source: Resource profile-2009, Neluwa DS division)

3. Land Use

64. Mixed home gardens, tea small holdings, rubber plantations, paddy lands and export agricultural crop lands (cinnamon) are the land use patterns of the study area. Most of the lands adjoining the project area are now under human influence and cleared for human settlement and tea cultivation. Majority of the people in the area are farmers, either paddy cultivators or tea cultivators. The main land use pattern in the Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas area is tea cultivation.

4. Tourism Potential of the Area

65. Although the area is located at the foothills of the Sinharaja forest, which is one of the protected forests in the wet zone, tourism is not seen to be a major activity within the Pradeshiya Sabhas. A limited number of local visitors and few foreign tourists visit Doowili Ella (Waterfall) which brings limited amount of revenue to the Pradeshiya Sabhas. However, the prosperity of tourism does not endorse the tourism development in the Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas, even though there are several tourism attractions. The main reason for this is the poor transport and other infrastructure facility of the Pradeshiya Sabha area and the limited road connectivity to the main tourist attractions such as Brahmana Ella. D. Social and Cultural Resources

1. Population

66. The 2001 Census of the country recorded a total population of 28,876 accounting for 2.7% of the Galle District population of 1, 040,000 in 2001. In 2009, Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas population has been estimated at 31,000 which show an increase of 7.5% over 2001. The population in Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas is almost equally divided between male (15,222) and female (15,010). The same pattern can also be observed when the population breakdown by divisions is considered.

Table 5: Population by Age Class

0-5 6-18 19-60 >60

2741 7070 16737 3684

67. The age class distribution of the population is given above. The potential labor force, the persons in the age group 19-60 years of age, is 55.3 percent of the population. This working

15

population needs to be provided with opportunities so that they can be productively utilized. The demographic information, basic infrastructure and services available are presented in Table 6.

Table 6: Demographic Information, Basic Infrastructure and Services of

Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha No. of divisions 34

Total No. of persons 30232

Males 15010

Females 15222

Under 18 year 9811

18 years and over 20421

Housing units 7035

Roads 356.23 km

Schools 15

Post offices 1

Sub post offices 7

Rural hospitals 2

km = kilometer

2. Ethnicity

68. Ethnic composition of Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas is Sinhalese, Tamil, Muslim and the religions professed being Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam and Roman Catholicism. The Sinhalese are the majority which is 98.2 % of the total population. 98.2% of the population is Buddhist in religion with a population of 29,710 where 462 Hindus, 59 Muslims and one Roman Catholic are being the minorities.

3. House Type

69. Out of the total households, majority of the houses (77.27%) are permanent houses, 15.72% are semi-permanent houses, and 4.71 % are temporary huts.

4. Health Facilities

70. In addition to a rural hospital, there are 7 health centers and a maternity home in the area. Even though there is rural hospital and health centers provide health facilities to the public of the Pradeshiya Sabha area, it is inadequate for the rising need of the health services of the Pradeshiya Sabha.

5. Education

71. According to the Resource Profile of Neluwa DS, the standard of education is not very satisfactory. The number government schools serving the Pradeshiya Sabhas have declined from 17 in the early 1998 to 15 at present. About 65 people have undergone Vocational education at three Vocational training institutes located at Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas namely Koswatte, Ambalegedara and Batuwangala. E. Environmental Status

72. The Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas is blessed with rich biological diversity hotspots like Sinharaja and KDN forest complex in close proximity. The dominant agricultural activity in the

16

area is cultivation of tea. Over the years expansion of tea areas has been significant under the annual lease and probably the rich flora and fauna areas have been gradually eroded. 73. The Pradeshiya Sabhas resource profile identifies several anthropogenic activities in the area such as removal of forest vegetation, man-made forest fires, timber felling and sand mining. These activities over the decades have increased rapidly and triggered the subsequent disasters like landslides, soil erosion, siltation and sedimentation of river and stream beds and flash flooding. The reported land slide prone areas and the already affected areas have caused property damage to some extent. The land side prone areas need to be alerted and lives of community to be protected through a Disaster Risk Reduction DRR) plan. 74. Several environmental programs and projects have been implemented during the past and include Ginganga conservation project, Clean City program, Kukul aknda environment village program and twelve schools have formed environmental brigades in the respective schools. 75. However environmental awareness program to the public need to be conducted. Further proper law enforcement including regularization of sand mining, banning of agricultural activity on slopes is highly desirable.

V. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

76. Asian Development Bank‟s SPS (2009) require that impacts and risks will be analyzed during pre-construction, construction, and operational stages in the context of the subproject‟s area of influence. As defined previously, the primary impact areas are (i) the 3 existing roads; (ii) main routes/intersections which will be traversed by construction vehicles; and (ii) quarries and borrow pits as sources of construction materials. The secondary impact area is the entire Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha outside of the delineated primary impact area in terms of over-all environmental improvement. 77. The ADB Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist for Roads was prepared during preparation of Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) to screen the subproject for environmental impacts and categorization of the project. All the proposed subproject components will interact physically with the environment. 78. In the case of this subproject (i) most of the individual elements are relatively small and involve straightforward construction and operation, so impacts will be mainly localized and insignificant; (ii) most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving excavation, obstruction at specific construction locations, and earth movements; and (iii) being located mainly in the developed areas of Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha, will not cause direct impact on terrestrial biodiversity values. The subproject will be in properties held by the local government and access to the subproject area is thru public right of ways (ROWs) and existing roads hence, land acquisition and encroachment on private property will not occur. A. Pre Construction – Design Phase Impacts

79. Design Considerations (refer to Selection and Appraisal of Subprojects)

17

80. Utilities. Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, water and sewer lines within the existing right-of-way (ROW) may be damaged. To mitigate the adverse impacts due to relocation of the utilities, the SPCU and Design and Supervision Consultants (DSC) will:

(i) Identify and include locations and operators of these utilities in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction phase; and

(ii) Require construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

81. Social and Cultural Resources. Only a number of residences are located along the existing roads. There are no declared or recorded archaeological reserves thus there is no risk that work involving ground disturbance can uncover and damage archaeological and historical remains. Nevertheless during preparation of detailed design and implementation of the project, the SPCU/DSC will:

(i) Consult Department of Archaeology to obtain an expert assessment of the archaeological potential of the site;

(ii) Consider alternatives if the site is found to be of medium or high risk; (iii) Include the archaeological, cultural and historical authorities, and interest

groups in consultation forums as project stakeholders so that their expertise can be made available; and

(iv) Develop a protocol for use by the construction contractors in conducting any excavation work, to ensure that any chance finds are recognized and measures are taken to ensure they are protected and conserved.

82. Site selection of construction work camps, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas. Priority is to locate these near the subproject area. However, if it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and drinking water supply systems. Residential areas will not be considered to protect the human environment (i.e., to curb accident risks, health risks due to air and water pollution, dust, and noise, and to prevent social conflicts, shortages of amenities, and crime). Extreme care will be taken to avoid disposals near the sensitive area like the buffer zone of the Sinharaja Forest Reserve. All locations will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings. For disposal of construction waste particularly in case of generated waste SPCU/DSC needs permission from the Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha. The SPCU/DSC will:

(i) Prioritize areas within or nearest possible vacant space in the subproject sites;

(ii) If it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, consider sites that will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and drinking water supply systems;

(iii) Do not consider residential areas; (iv) Take extreme care in selecting sites to avoid direct disposal to water bodies

or in areas which will inconvenience the community; and (v) Avoid setting up of labor camp near the river (restricted forest protected

area) 83. Site selection of sources of materials. Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural drainage

18

patterns, ponding and water logging, and water pollution. To mitigate the potential environmental impacts, locations of quarry site/s, borrow pit/s (for loose material other than stones) will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings. Priority of sites will be investigated in detail project stage. If other sites are necessary, these will be located away from population centers, drinking water intakes and streams, cultivable lands, and natural drainage systems; and in structurally stable areas even if some distance from construction activities. It will be the construction contractor‟s responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha. If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, then the construction contractor shall use the mentioned criteria to select new quarry sites, with written approval of Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha. The SPCU/DSC will:

(i) Prioritize sites already permitted by the government; (ii) If other sites are necessary, inform construction contractor that it is their

responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of SPCU; and

(iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, inform construction contractor to obtain a written approval from the project management unit (PMU).

B. Construction Phase Impacts

1. Screening of No Significant Impacts

84. The construction work is expected not to cause major negative impacts, mainly because:

(i) The activities will be on existing roads within developed areas of Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha thus could be constructed without causing impacts to biodiversity;

(ii) Overall construction program will be relatively short and is expected to be completed in 12 months with activities to conducted by small teams working on short lengths at a time so most impacts will be localized and short in duration; and

(iii) Most of the predicted impacts associated with the construction process are produced because the process is invasive, such as involving earth-moving and excavation. However the routine nature of the impacts means that most can be easily mitigated and the impacts are clearly a result of the construction process rather than the design or location, as impacts will not occur if excavation or other ground disturbance is not involved.

85. As a result, there are several aspects of the environment which are not expected to be affected by the construction process and these can be screened out of the assessment at this stage as required by ADB procedure. These are shown in Table 7. These environmental factors are screened out presently but will be assessed again during detailed design and starting of the construction activities.

Table 7: Fields in which Construction is not Expected to have Significant Impacts

Field Rationale

Topography, Drainage, and Natural Hazards

Activities are not large enough to affect these features.

Geology, Geomorphology, Mineral Activities are not large enough to affect these features. No

19

Field Rationale

Resources, and Soils mineral resources in the subproject sites.

Climate Activities are not large enough to affect this feature.

Air Quality Short-term production of dust is the only effect on atmosphere

Geohydrology and Groundwater Activities will not be large enough to affect these features. Ground water will not be utilized as new water source

Terrestrial and Aquatic Flora No rare or endangered species in the subproject sites.

Terrestrial and Aquatic Fauna No rare or endangered species in the subproject sites.

Land Use No change in major land use.

Socio-economic Subproject site is located on right of ways

Commerce, Industry, and Agriculture Activities are not large enough to affect these features

Population Activities are not large enough to affect this feature.

Health and education facilities Activities are not large enough to affect this feature.

Historical, Archaeological, Paleontological, or Architectural sites

No scheduled historical, archaeological, paleontological, or architectural sites at the subproject influence area

2. Construction Method

86. Construction of the roads consists of leveling, base correction, concreting, construction of earth shoulders, construction of rubble pitched drains and improvement to existing culverts.

3. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures

87. Although construction of the subproject components involves quite simple techniques, the invasive nature of excavation, and in this case the relatively large size and length of the pipes, means that there will be quite a lot of physical disturbance in the built-up areas of Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha where there are a variety of human activities. 88. Physical impacts will be reduced by the method of working, whereby the trenches will be (i) constructed by small teams working on short lengths at a time; (ii) refilled and compacted after pipes are installed; and (iii) if trenching will be done on roads, repaired to pre-construction conditions. 89. Sources of Materials. Significant amount of gravel, sand, and cement will be required for this subproject. Approximately 1000 m3 of sand, 2000 cubic meter (m3) of aggregate, and 200 metric tons of cement will be brought to site during construction. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Use quarry sites and sources permitted by government; (ii) Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of SPCU; (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction has started, obtain

written approval from SPCU; and (iv) Submit to DSC on a monthly basis documentation of sources of materials.

90. Air Quality. Fugitive emissions from stored materials and vehicular emissions will induce impacts on the air quality in the construction sites. Anticipated impacts include dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons) but temporary and during construction activities only. To mitigate the impacts, construction contractors will be required to:

20

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials;

(ii) Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather;

(iii) Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks; and

(iv) Fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices which are operating correctly.

91. Surface Water Quality. Run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants used during construction works may drain to small channels leading to surface waters. These potential impacts are temporary and short-term duration only and to ensure these are mitigated, construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets;

(ii) Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils will be disposed, consult with SPCU/DSC on designated disposal areas;

(iii) Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies;

(iv) Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies;

(v) Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites; and

(vi) Conduct surface quality inspection according to the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

92. Noise levels. A number of houses were noted in the vicinity of the existing roads. The sensitive receptors are the general population in these areas. Increase in noise level may be caused by earth-moving and excavation works, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. Impact is negative, short-term, and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Plan activities in consultation with SPCU/DSC so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance;

(ii) Require horns not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle‟s approach;

(iii) Minimize noise from construction equipment by using vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise-reducing mufflers, and portable street barriers the sound impact to surrounding sensitive receptor; and

(iv) Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dbA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s.

93. Existing Infrastructure and Facilities. Excavation works can damage existing infrastructure located alongside roads, in particular water supply pipes and electricity poles. It is therefore important that construction contractors will be required to:

(i) Obtain from SPCU and/or DSC the list of affected utilities and operators; and

21

(ii) Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

94. Ecological Resources – Terrestrial. Vegetation clearing and tree-cutting will affect terrestrial ecological balance. The potential impacts are temporary and short-term duration only and to ensure these are mitigated, construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees; (ii) If tree-removal will be required, obtain tree-cutting permit from the Forest

Department; and (iii) Plant two (2) native trees for every one (1) that is removed.

95. Landscape and Aesthetics. The construction works will produce negligible amount of excess excavated soils, excess construction materials, and solid waste such as removed concrete, wood, trees and plants, packaging materials, empty containers, spoils, oils, lubricants, and other similar items. These impacts are negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Prepare and implement waste management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils; (iii) Coordinate with Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha for beneficial uses of excess

excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas; (iv) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites; (v) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (vi) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; (vii) Not to dispose any waste material in river body; and (viii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental

restorations work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

96. Surface and Groundwater Quality. Another physical impact that is often associated with excavation is the effect on drainage and the local water table if groundwater and surface water collect in the voids. To ensure that water will not pond in pits and voids near subproject sites, the construction contractor will be required to conduct excavation works on non-monsoon season to the extent possible. 97. Accessibility. Hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems and conflicts in ROW. Potential impact is negative but short term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Prepare and implement a traffic management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Plan transportation routes so that delivery vehicles do not use narrow roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites;

(iii) Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours; (iv) Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic

congestion; (v) Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions; (vi) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner;

22

(vii) Coordinate with local traffic police department for temporary road diversions and with for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours; and

(viii) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

98. Socio-Economic Income. The subproject components will be located on government lands and ROWs, so there will be no need to acquire land, and thus there will be no impacts on the asset or landowners or tenants. However construction works will impede the access of residents and customers to nearby shops. The potential impacts are negative and moderate but short-term and temporary. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil; (ii) Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access

across trenches for people and vehicles; (iii) Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of

worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools; (iv) Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring

this in work schedules; and (v) Provide sign boards for pedestrians to inform nature and duration of

construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

99. Socio-Economic Employment. Manpower will be required during the 36 months construction stage. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Employ at least 50% of the labor force, or to the maximum extent, local persons within the 2-km immediate area if manpower is available; and

(ii) Secure construction materials from local market.

100. Occupational Health and Safety. Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards which can arise from working in trenches and excavation works. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Develop and implement site-specific Health and Safety (H&S) plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use personal protective equipment (PPE); (c) H&S Training5 for all site personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents;

5

Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents include

(i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal protective equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling;

(iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence

but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff competence to

ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in

place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision

and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks associated with the job, the level

of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a

lone worker.

23

(ii) Ensure that qualified first-aid can be provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site;

(iii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; (v) Provide supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or

noxious substances; (vii) Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are

apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

(viii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;

(ix) Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas;

(x) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized

electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

(xii) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

101. Community Health and Safety. Hazards posed to the public, specifically in high-pedestrian areas may include traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians. Potential impact is negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities. (ii) Liaise with SPCU/DSC in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps. (iii) Maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to

minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure.

(iv) Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

102. Work Camps. Operation of work camps can cause temporary air and noise pollution from machine operation, water pollution from storage and use of fuels, oils, solvents, and lubricants. Potential impacts are negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants;

(ii) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees unless approved by the Forest Department;

(iii) Provide water and sanitation facilities for employees; (iv) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood; (v) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can

potentially cause soil contamination; (vi) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site;

24

(vii) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas;

(viii) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and

(ix) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.

103. Social and Cultural Resources. For this subproject, excavation will occur in and around existing ROWs, so it could be that there is a low risk of work uncovering and damaging archaeological and historical remains. Nevertheless, the construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work; (ii) Request SPCU/DSC or any authorized person with archaeological field

training to observe excavation; (iii) Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are

suspected; and (iv) Inform SPCU/DSC if a find is suspected, and take any action they require

ensuring its removal or protection in situ. C. Operation and Maintenance

1. Screening out areas of no significant impact

104. Management. Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha will be responsible for management of the public facilities.

2. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

105. General. If the roads will be closed and repaired, the work will follow the same procedures during the construction stage. It shall therefore not be necessary to compensate for such losses. Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha needs to:

(i) Conduct work during non-monsoon period; (ii) Inform all road users about the nature and duration of any work well in

advance so that they can make preparations if necessary; (iii) Conduct these works to provide wooden walkways across trenches for

pedestrians and metal sheets where vehicle access is required; and (iv) Cover or wet excavated material to prevent dusts.

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION

A. Public Consultation and Information Disclosure

106. Meaningful stakeholder consultation and participation is part of the project preparation and implementation strategy. A Consultation and Participation (C&P) program has been prepared for the Project and will be implemented with the assistance of Consultants. By addressing stakeholder needs, there is greater awareness of the benefits, and „ownership‟ of the Project among stakeholders, which in turn contributes to project sustainability. The consultation process so far has solicited inputs from a wide range of stakeholders, including state- and ULB-level government officials, non-government organizations (NGOs), elected

25

representatives, residents of project cities, marginalized/vulnerable beneficiary groups, and project affected persons. 107. Consultation, participation and disclosure will ensure that information is provided and feedback on proposed subproject design is sought early, right from the project preparation phase, so that the views/preferences of stakeholders including potential beneficiaries and affected people can be adequately considered in project design, and continue at each stage of project preparation, processing, and implementation. Affected persons will be consulted at various stages in the project cycle to ensure: (i) incorporation of views/concerns of Affected Persons on compensation/resettlement assistance and environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (ii) inclusion of vulnerable in project benefits; (iii) identification of help required by them during rehabilitation, if any; and (iv) avoidance of potential conflicts/smooth project implementation. It will also provide adequate opportunities for consultation/participation to all stakeholders and inclusion of the poor/vulnerable/marginalized and project-affected persons in the project process. Relevant information about any major changes to project scope shall be shared with beneficiaries, affected persons, vulnerable groups, and other stakeholders. 108. Consultations were also made with the officers of the Pradeshiya Sabha. These meetings and visits helped in the collection of relevant information according to the EIA regulations on environmental assessment. All the information relevant to the subproject including project outline, existing situation, project location, relevant maps, type of works, required approvals, cost estimates, drainage plan, activities during and after the development work, the labour force etc, were collected. Records of public consultations conducted in 29th April, 11th and , 12th May 2011 are attached as Appendix 3. B. Information Disclosure

109. Information has been disclosed through public consultations. The following documents will be submitted to Asian Development Bank (ADB) for disclosure on its website:

(i) final initial environmental examination (IEE); (ii) a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan prepared during project

implementation, if any; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports.

110. The Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) will also make the IEE and environmental management plan (EMP) available, in an accessible place and in a form and language(s) understandable to affected people and other stakeholders. For illiterate people, other suitable communication methods will be used. 111. For this subproject, the project management unit (PMU) in close coordination with the SPCU and assistance from the PMC and DSC will conduct the following:

(a) Consultation during detailed design: (i) Focus-group discussions with affected persons and other stakeholders

(including women‟s groups, non-government organizations (NGOs), and community-based organizations) to hear their views and concerns, so that these can be addressed in subproject design where necessary; and

(ii) Structured consultation meetings with the institutional stakeholders (government bodies and NGOs) to discuss and approve key aspects of the project.

26

(b) Consultation during construction:

(i) Public meetings with affected communities to discuss and plan work programs and allow issues to be raised and addressed once construction has started; and

(ii) Smaller-scale meetings to discuss and plan construction work with individual communities to reduce disturbance and other impacts, and provide a mechanism through which stakeholders can participate in subproject monitoring and evaluation;

(c) Project disclosure: (i) Public information campaigns (via newspaper, TV and radio) to explain

the project to the wider town population and prepare them for disruption they may experience once the construction program is underway;

(ii) Public disclosure meetings at key project stages to inform the public of progress and future plans, and to provide copies of summary documents in Hindi; and

(iii) Formal disclosure of completed project reports by making copies available at convenient locations in the study towns, informing the public of their availability, and providing a mechanism through which comments can be made.

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

112. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate and facilitate the resolution of Affected Persons concerns, complaints and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the Project. The GRM will aim to provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project. The grievance redress mechanism and procedure is depicted in Figure 1 below. The project-specific GRM is not intended to bypass the government‟s own redress process; rather it is intended to address affected people's concerns and complaints promptly, making it readily accessible to all segments of the affected people and is scaled to the risks and impacts of the project. 113. The PMU and SPCUs will make the public aware of the GRM through public awareness campaigns. Grievances can be filed in writing using the Complaint Register and Complaint Forms (Appendix 4) or by phone with any member of the PMU or SPCU. The contact phone number of the respective SPCUs and the PMU will serve as a hotline for complaints and will be publicized through the media and placed on notice boards outside their offices and at construction sites. The safeguard documents made available to the public in an accessible version will include information on the GRM and will be widely disseminated throughout the corridor by the safeguards officers in the PMU and SPCUs with support from the NGO engaged to implement the Community Awareness Program. 114. First tier of GRM. The SPCU is the first tier of GRM which offers the fastest and most accessible mechanism for resolution of grievances. The Safeguards Manager – Social and Gender in the SPCU will be designated as the key officer for grievance redress. Resolution of complaints will be done within seven working (7) days. Investigation of grievances will involve site visits and consultations with relevant parties (e.g., affected persons, contractors, traffic police, etc.). Grievances will be documented and personal details (name, address, date of

27

complaint, etc.) will be included unless anonymity is requested. A tracking number will be assigned for each grievance, including the following elements:

(i) Complaint Register and Complaint Forms (including the description of the grievance) with an acknowledgement of receipt given to the complainant when the complaint is registered;

(ii) Grievance monitoring sheet with actions taken (investigation, corrective measures); and

(iii) Closure sheet, one copy of which will be handed to the complainant after he/she has agreed to the resolution and signed-off.

115. The updated register of grievances and complaints will be available to the public at the SPCU office, construction sites, and other key public offices. Should the grievance remain unresolved it will be escalated to the second tier. 116. Second Tier of GRM. The SPCU Engineer in consultation with Social Safeguards and Gender Specialist of PMU will activate the second tier of GRM by referring the unresolved issue (with written documentation) to the PMU, who will pass unresolved complaints to the Grievance Redress Committee (GRC).6 The GRC will be established by the PMU before commencement of site works. A hearing will be called with the GRC, if necessary, where the affected person can present his/her concern/issues. The process will facilitate resolution through mediation. This local GRC will meet as necessary when there are grievances to be addressed. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign clear responsibilities for implementing its decision within fifteen (15) working days. The contractor will have observer status on GRC. If unsatisfied with the decision, the existence of the GRC will not impede the complainant‟s access to the Government‟s judicial or administrative remedies. 117. The PMU officers will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the GRC, maintaining database of complaints, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings and monitoring to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out. 118. Third tier of GRM. In the event that a grievance cannot be resolved directly by the SPCUs (first tier) or GRC (second tier), the affected person can seek alternative redress through the union or ward committees or in the appropriate court of law. The SPCUs or GRC will be kept informed by the district, municipal or national authority.

6 The GRC will consist of the following persons: (i) Additional Divisional Secretary or Assistant Divisional Secretary

depending on the Divisional Secretariats Management Structure; (ii) Secretary of the local authority (Pradeshiya

Sabhas) or similar senior officer from the Pradeshiya Sabhas to be named by the Pradeshiya Sabah chairman or by

the Mayor of the Pradeshiya Sabhas; (iii) Samatha Mandala chairman of the location of the complainant; (iv) high

ranking representative from a Operational NGO of the Pradeshiya Sabhas area, to be nominated by the Pradeshiya

Sabha chairman/Mayor of the Pradeshiya Sabhas; (v) member from the clergy of the Pradeshiya Sabhas area; and

(vi) whenever possible, representatives of the contractor, representative of the engineer, Grama Niladhari of the

location of complainant, representative of Chief Valuer, and other expert or any person depending on the nature of

the complaint. The functions of the local GRC are as follows: (i) resolve problems quickly and provide support to

affected persons arising from various environmental issues and including dust, noise, utilities, power and water

supply, waste disposal, traffic interference and public safety as well as social and resettlement related issues such

as land acquisition (temporary or permanent); asset acquisition; and eligibility for entitlements, compensation and

assistance; (ii) reconfirm grievances of displaced persons, categorize and prioritize them and aim to provide

solutions within a month; and (iii) report to the aggrieved parties about developments regarding their grievances and

decisions of the GRC.

28

119. The safeguard monitoring reports will include the following aspects pertaining to progress on grievances: (i) number of cases registered with the GRC, level of jurisdiction (first, second and third tiers), number of hearings held, decisions made, and the status of pending cases; and (ii) lists of cases in process and already decided upon may be prepared with details such as name, identification (I.D.) with unique serial number, date of notice, date of application, date of hearing, decisions, remarks, actions taken to resolve issues, and status of grievance (i.e., open, closed, pending). 120. Costs. All costs involved in resolving the complaints (meetings, consultations, communication and reporting / information dissemination) will be borne by the PMU.

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. Implementation Arrangements

121. The MLGPC is the executing agency. A National Steering Committee, headed by the Secretary of MLGPC, will provide policy guidance to the project. A ministerial committee, also headed by the Secretary of MLGPC, will be responsible for decisions on overall approvals and operational policies of the project. 122. A Project Management Unit (PMU), headed by a Project Director, will be established in the MLGPC which will be responsible for overall coordination, management, administration, project implementation, monitoring, and supervision. The PMU will function as the project office of MLGPC, will be in-charge of subproject appraisal and approval and will ensure compliance with ADB loan covenants. An Environment Safeguards Officer (PMU ESO) will have the following responsibilities: (i) support the Project Director in addressing all environment-related safeguards issues of the project; (ii) implement the EARF; (iii) monitor physical and on-physical activities under the Project; (iv) monitor implementation of safeguards plans; (v) guide the SPCUs as and when necessary; and (vi) endorse/submit periodic monitoring reports7 received from SPCU to the PMU Project Director, who will then submit these to ADB. The PMU will seek the government clearance for submission and disclosure of the environmental monitoring reports to ADB. It will also coordinate with national and state agencies to resolve inter-departmental issues, if any. 123. The PMU will be assisted by PMC Environment Specialist (PMC ES). The PMC ES will (i) review and finalize all reports in consultation with the PMU ESO; (ii) provide project management support, (iii) assure the technical quality of design and construction, (iv) prepare EIA/IEE/Resettlement Plan/Indigenous People Plan reports; and (v) provide advice on policy reforms. In addition, the PMC ES will assist the PMU on the procurement needs and other project implementation aspects and shall play a central role in ensuring capacity building on environmental management of the PMU, contractors, and line departments through capacity development support and training. 124. Subproject Coordination Units (SPCU) will be established in each of the seven provinces to take responsibility for supporting subproject preparation, screening and endorsement, procurement, implementation monitoring including quality control and assurance and ensuring safeguards compliance. It is essential that Provincial Councils provide clear guidance to the

7 The monitoring report will focus on the progress of implementation of the IEE/EIA and EARF, issues encountered

and measures adopted, follow-up actions required, if any, as well as the status of compliance with subproject selection criteria, and relevant loan covenants.

29

target Pradeshiya Sabhas in their development planning and subproject identification process, to ensure coherence with the provincial physical development plans and facilitate collaboration among neighboring local authorities possibly for joint infrastructure development. Each SPCU will be headed by the Commissioner of Local Government who will be assigned as the Provincial Project Director and will be the administrative head. For each SPCU, a senior engineer will be appointed as the executive head and will be in-charge of the day-to-day activities of the unit. The senior project engineer will also act as the Environment Safeguards Officer (SPCU ESO) and will be responsible for: (i) implementation of the EMP in each EIA/IEE; (ii) undertake surveys and record their observations throughout the construction period to ensure that safeguards and mitigation measures are provided as intended; (iii) implement and monitor safeguards compliance activities, public relations activities, gender mainstreaming activities and community participation activities; (iv) obtain statutory clearances from government agencies/other entities; and (vi) coordinate for obtaining ROW clearances with related provincial and national agencies. 125. Environment Specialists will also be appointed as part of the design and supervision consultant (DSC) teams to (i) update the existing IEEs in the detailed design stage; (ii) assist in the monitoring of EMP during construction stage; and (iii) prepare EIAs/IEEs for new subprojects, where required to comply with national law and/or ADB procedure. B. Institutional Capacity Development Program

126. The PMC ES will be responsible for training of PMU and SPCUs staff on environmental awareness and management in accordance with both ADB and government requirements. Specific modules customized for the available skill set shall be devised after assessing the capabilities of the target participants and the requirements of the project. The entire training will cover basic principles of environmental assessment and management; mitigation plans and programs, implementation techniques, monitoring methods and tools. Typical modules that will be present for the training session would be as follows: (i) sensitization; (ii) introduction to environment and environmental considerations in urban development projects; (iii) review of IEEs and integration into the subproject detailed design; (iv) improved coordination within nodal departments; and (v) monitoring and reporting system. The proposed training program along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 8.

Table 8: Training Program for Environmental Management Program Description Participants Form of Training Duration/

Location Conducting

Agency

A. Pre-Construction Stage

Sensitization Workshop

Introduction to Environment: Basic Concept of environment Environmental Regulations and Statutory requirements as per the Government of Sri Lanka and ADB

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU

Staff

Workshop ½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Session I

Module I Introduction to Environment: Basic Concept of environment Environmental Regulations and Statutory requirements as per the government and ADB

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture ¼ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module II Environmental Pradeshiya Workshop ¼ Working SPCU, DSC,

30

Program Description Participants Form of Training Duration/ Location

Conducting Agency

Considerations in Urban Development Projects: Environmental components affected by urban development in construction and operation stages Activities causing pollution during construction and operation stages Environmental Management Good Practices in Urban Infrastructure Projects

Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Day PMU

Module III Review of IEE and its Integration into Designs: IEE Methodology Environmental Provisions in the EMPs Implementation Arrangements Methodology of Assessment of Pollution Monitoring Methodology for site selection of borrow areas, waste disposal areas etc.

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture and Field Visit

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module IV Improved Coordination with other Departments: Overview of the Project Environmental and Social Impacts Statutory Permissions Procedural Requirements Cooperation and Coordination with other Departments.

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture / Interactive Sessions

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module V Special Issues in the Project Bio-Diversity Assessment and Conservation Geomorphological Assessment and Slope Protection Statutory Permissions – Procedural Requirements Consultation and Counseling

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture ½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

B. Construction Stage

Session II

Module VI Role during Construction Roles and Responsibilities of officials/ contractors/ consultants towards protection of environment Implementation Arrangements Monitoring mechanisms

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture/ Interactive Sessions

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module VII Monitoring and Reporting System

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture/ Interactive Sessions

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

ADB = Asian Development Bank, DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, IEE = initial environmental examination, PMU = Project Management Unit, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

31

C. Environmental Mitigation Plan

127. The succeeding tables show the potential adverse environmental impacts, proposed mitigation measures, responsible parties, and estimated cost of implementation (Table 9 to 11). This EMP will be included in the bid documents and will be further reviewed and updated during implementation. 128. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. These were discussed with specialists responsible for engineering, and as a result measures have already been included in the outline designs for the infrastructure. This means that the number of impacts and their significance has already been reduced by amending the design. 129. During construction stage, implementation of mitigation measures is the construction contractor‟s responsibility. To ensure implementation of the mitigation measures during the construction period, contract clauses (Appendix 5) for environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Contractors‟ conformity with contract procedures and specifications during construction will be carefully monitored by SPCU and DSC. D. Environmental Monitoring Program

130. The environmental monitoring program includes all relevant environmental parameters, description of sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards, responsible parties, and estimated cost (Table 12 to 14). Monitoring activities during the detailed engineering design stage will from part of the baseline conditions of the subproject sites and will be used as the reference for acceptance of restoration works by the construction contractors.

32

Table 9: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Pre-construction Environmental Mitigation Plan Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Environmental Clearances Clearances and permits are required in order to implement the subproject. Land allotment letter required. If not pursued on timely basis, this can delay the subproject implementation.

(i) Ensure that clearance for construction is obtained from the local, provincial, and national authorities

PMU and SPCU (i) Clearance for construction from local, provincial, and national authorities

Utilities Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, water pipe (old) existing within right-of-way (ROW) may be damaged.

(i) Identify and include locations and operators of these utilities in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction phase; and

(ii) Require construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

SPCU and DSC (i) List of affected utilities and operators;

(ii) bid document to include requirement for a contingency plan for service interruptions

Social and Cultural Resources

Ground disturbance can uncover and damage archaeological and historical remains

(i) Consult Department of Archaeology to obtain an expert assessment of the archaeological potential of the site;

(ii) Consider alternatives if the site is found to be of medium or high risk;

(iii) Include the archaeological, cultural and historical authorities, and interest groups in consultation forums as project stakeholders so that their expertise can be made available; and

(iv) Develop a protocol for use by the construction contractors in conducting any excavation work, to ensure that any chance finds are recognized and

SPCU and DSC Chance Finds Protocol

33

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

measures are taken to ensure they are protected and conserved.

Construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas (if needed)

Disruption to traffic flow and sensitive receptors

(i) Prioritize areas within or nearest possible vacant space in the subproject sites;

(ii) If it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, consider sites that will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and drinking water supply systems;

(iii) Do not consider residential areas;

(iv) Take extreme care in selecting sites to avoid direct disposal to water bodies or in areas which will inconvenience the community.

(v) Avoid setting up of labor camp near the river (restricted forest protected area)

SPCU and DSC to determine locations prior to award of construction contracts.

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

Sources of Materials Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, ponding and water logging, and water pollution.

(i) Prioritize sites already permitted by the government;

(ii) If other sites are necessary, inform construction contractor that it is their responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of SPCU; and

(iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, inform construction contractor to obtain a written approval from PMU.

SPCU and DSC to prepare list of approved quarry sites and sources of materials

(i) List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials;

(ii) bid document to include requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, PMU = Project Management Unit, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

34

Table 10: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Environmental Mitigation Plan Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Sources of Materials Extraction of rocks and material may cause ground instability

(i) Use quarry sites and sources permitted by government;

(ii) Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of SPCU;

(iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction has started, obtain written approval from SPCU; and

(iv) Submit to DSC on a monthly basis documentation of sources of materials.

Construction Contractor Construction Contractor documentation

Air Quality Emissions from construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery used for excavation and construction resulting to dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials;

(ii) Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather;

(iii) Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks; and

(iv) Fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices which are operating correctly.

Construction Contractor (i) Location of stockpiles; (ii) complaints from sensitive

receptors; (iii) heavy equipment and

machinery with air pollution control devices

Surface water quality Mobilization of settled silt materials, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants during construction works can contaminate downstream surface water quality.

(i) Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets;

(ii) Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils will be disposed,

Construction Contractor (i) Areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials;

(ii) records of surface water quality inspection;

(iii) effectiveness of water management measures

35

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

consult with SPCU/DSC on designated disposal areas;

(iii) Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies;

(iv) Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies;

(v) Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites; and

(vi) Conduct surface quality inspection according to the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

Noise Levels Increase in noise level due to earth-moving and excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people

(i) Plan activities in consultation with SPCU/DSC so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance; and

(ii) Require horns not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle‟s approach.

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors

Existing Infrastructure and Facilities

Excavation works can damage existing infrastructure located alongside roads, in particular water supply pipes and electricity poles.

(i) Obtain from SPCU and/or DSC the list of affected utilities and operators; and

(ii) Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors

Ecological resources –Terrestrial

Felling of the trees – affect terrestrial ecological balance

(i) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees;

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors;

(ii) Checking of conservation

36

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

(ii) If tree-removal will be required, obtain tree-cutting permit from the Forest Department; and Plant two (2) native trees for every one (1) that is removed.

management plan for tree species and aquatic fauna/ animal

Landscape and Aesthetics Solid wastes as well as excess construction materials

(i) Prepare and implement waste management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils;

(iii) Coordinate with Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha for

beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas;

(iv) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites;

(v) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas;

(vi) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required;

(vii) Not to dispose any waste material in river body; and

(viii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental restorations work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

Construction Contractor (i) Waste Management Plan;

(ii) complaints from sensitive receptors;

(iii) SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental restoration work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

37

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Surface and Groundwater Excavation will affect on drainage and the local water table if groundwater and surface water collect in the voids.

(i) Conduct excavation works during the non-monsoon season

Construction Contractor (i) Construction contractor‟s schedule and work plan

Accessibility (i)Traffic problems and conflicts in right-of-way (ROW) (ii) Impact on aquatic habitation – animal

(i) Prepare and implement a traffic management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Plan transportation routes so that delivery vehicles do not use narrow roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites;

(iii) Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours;

(iv) Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic congestion;

(v) Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions;

(vi) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner;

(vii) Coordinate with local traffic police department for temporary road diversions and with for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours; and

(viii) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Construction Contractor (i) Traffic Management Plan;

(ii) complaints from sensitive receptors;

(iii) number of signages placed at subproject sites; and

(iv) maintenance of safety protocol and aquatic conservation plan

Socio-Economic – Income. Impede the access of residents and customers to

(i) Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil;

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors;

38

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

nearby shops (ii) Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across trenches for people and vehicles;

(iii) Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools;

(iv) Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules; and

(v) Provide sign boards for pedestrians to inform nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

(ii) number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at subproject sites.

Socio-Economic – Employment

Generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue

(i) Employ at least 50% of the labor force, or to the maximum extent, local persons within the 2-km immediate area if manpower is available; and (ii) Secure construction materials from local market.

Construction Contractor (i) Employment records; (ii) records of sources of materials

Occupational Health and Safety

occupational hazards which can arise from working in infrastructures like roads and bridges

(i) Develop and implement site-specific Health and Safety (H&S) plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use personal protective equipment (PPE); (c) H&S Training for all site personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site

Construction Contractor (i) Site-specific Health and Safety (H&S) Plan;

(ii) Equipped first-aid stations;

(iii) Medical insurance coverage for workers;

(iv) Number of accidents; (v) Supplies of potable

drinking water; (vi) Clean eating areas

where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances;

39

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents;

(ii) Ensure that qualified first-aid can be provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site;

(iii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers;

(iv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks;

(v) Provide supplies of potable drinking water;

(vi) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances;

(vii) Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

(viii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;

(ix) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms;

(x) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines,

(vii) record of H&S orientation trainings

(viii) use of personal protective equipments;

(ix) Percentage of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms; and

(x) sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal.

40

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

(xi) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

Community Health and Safety.

Traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians

(i) Plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities.

(ii) Liaise with SPCU/DSC in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps.

(iii) Maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure.

(iv) Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

Construction Contractor (i) Traffic Management Plan;

(ii) complaints from sensitive receptors

Work Camps Temporary air and noise pollution from machine operation, water pollution from storage and use of fuels, oils, solvents, and lubricants

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants;

(ii) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees unless

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors;

(ii) water and sanitation facilities for employees; and

(iii) SPCU/DSC report in writing that the camp has

41

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

approved by the Forest Department ;

(iii) Provide water and sanitation facilities for employees;

(iv) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood;

(v) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can potentially cause soil contamination;

(vi) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site;

(vii) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas;

(viii) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and

(ix) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.

been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions

Social and Cultural Resources

Risk of archaeological chance finds

(i) Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work;

(ii) Request SPCU/DSC or any authorized person with archaeological field training to observe excavation;

(iii) Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if

Construction Contractor (i) Records of chance finds

42

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

any finds are suspected; and

(iv) Inform SPCU/DSC if a find is suspected, and take any action they require ensuring its removal or protection in situ.

dB(A) = decibel, DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, EMP = environmental management plan, H&S = Health and Safety, PPE = personal protective equipment, PMU = Project Management Unit, ROW = right of way, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

Table 11: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operation and Maintenance Environmental Mitigation Plan Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

General General impact (i) Conduct work during non-monsoon period; (ii) Inform all road users about the nature and duration of any work well in advance so that they can make preparations if necessary; (iii) Conduct these works to provide wooden walkways across trenches for pedestrians and metal sheets where vehicle access is required; and (iv) Cover or wet excavated material to prevent dusts.

Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha Complaints from sensitive receptors

Table 12: Pre-construction Environmental Monitoring Program Field Location Responsible for

Mitigation Monitoring of

Mitigation Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Environmental Clearance

Not applicable PMU and SPCU Clearance for construction from local, provincial, and national authorities

Checking of records

All clearances obtained prior to award of contract and construction activities

Once PMU and PMC

Utilities shifting Affected sites SPCU and DSC (i) List of affected utilities and operators;

(ii) BID document to include requirement for

Checking of records

(i) List of affected utilities and operators prepared;

(ii) requirement for a contingency

Once PMU and PMC

43

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

a contingency plan for service interruptions

plan for service interruptions included in BID documents

Social and Cultural Heritage

Affected area SPCU and DSC Chance Finds Protocol

Checking of records

Chance Finds Protocol provided to construction contractors prior to commencement of activities

Once PMU and PMC

Construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

Concerned place SPCU and DSC to determine locations prior to award of construction contracts.

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

Checking of records

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas provided to construction contractors prior to commencement of works.

Once PMU and PMC

Sources of Materials

Concerned sites SPCU and DSC to prepare list of approved quarry sites and sources of materials

(i) List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials;

(ii) BID document to include requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

Checking of records

(i) List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials provided to construction contractors

(ii) BID document included requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

once PMU and PMC

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, EMP = environmental management plan, H&S = Health and Safety, PMC = project management consultant, PMU = Project Management Unit, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

44

Table 13: Construction Environmental Monitoring Program Field Location Responsible for

Mitigation Monitoring of

Mitigation Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Sources of Materials

Quarries and sources of materials

Construction Contractor

Construction Contractor documentation

(i) Checking of records;

(ii) visual inspection of sites

(i) sites are permitted;

(ii) report submitted by construction contractor monthly (until such time there is excavation work)

Monthly submission for construction contractor As needed for DSC

SPCU and DSC

Air Quality Construction sites and areas designated for stockpiling of materials and water treatment plant

Construction Contractor

(i) Location of stockpiles;

(ii) complaints from sensitive receptors;

(iii) heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices

(i) Checking of records;

(ii) visual inspection of sites

Monthly for checking records

SPCU and DSC in coordination with pollution control board

Surface Water Quality

(i) construction sites; (ii) areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials;

Construction Contractor

(i) Areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials;

(ii) number of silt traps installed along drainages leading to water bodies;

(iii) records of surface water quality inspection;

(iv) effectiveness of water management measures

Visual inspection and testing results

Monthly for visual inspection

SPCU and DSC

Noise Levels (i) construction sites, (ii)areas for

Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors;

(i) Checking of records;

(ii) visual

Monthly SPCU and DSC

45

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (iii) work camps

(ii) use of silencers in noise-producing equipment and sound barriers;

(iii) Equivalent day and night time noise levels

inspection of sites

Existing Utilities and Infrastructure

(i) construction sites; (ii) alignment of affected utilities

Construction Contractor

(i) Existing Utilities Contingency Plan;

(i) Checking of records;

(ii) Visual inspection

implementation according to Utilities Contingency Plan

As needed SPCU and DSC

Ecological Resources – Terrestrial

(i) construction sites

Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors;

(ii) Checking of conservation management plan for tree species and aquatic fauna/ animal

(i) Checking of records;

(ii) Visual inspection

Implementation according to tree-cutting permit

As necessary SPCU and DSC

Landscape and Aesthetics

(i) construction sites; (ii) areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (iii) work camps

Construction Contractor

(i) Waste Management Plan;

(ii) complaints from sensitive receptors;

(iii) SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental restoration work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

(i) Checking of records;

(ii) Visual inspection

(i) no accumulation of solid wastes on-site;

(ii) Implementation of Waste Management Plan;

(iii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed.

Monthly SPCU and DSC

Accessibility (i) construction sites; (ii) traffic routes

Construction Contractor

(i) Traffic Management Plan;

Visual inspection

(i) implementation of Traffic Management

Monthly SPCU and DSC

46

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

(ii) complaints from sensitive receptors;

(iii) number of signages placed at subproject sites.

Plan; (ii) complaints from

sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed;

(iii) signages visible and located in designated areas.

Socio-Economic - Income

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors;

(ii) number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at subproject sites.

Visual inspection

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed;

(ii) Walkways, ramps, and metal sheets provided

(iii) signages visible and located in designated areas

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

Socio-Economic - Employment

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Employment records;

(ii) records of sources of materials

Checking of records

number of employees from Neluwa equal or greater than 50% of total workforce

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

Occupational Health and Safety

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Site-specific Health and Safety (H&S) Plan;

(ii) Equipped first-aid stations;

(iii) Medical insurance coverage for workers;

(iv) Number of accidents;

(v) Supplies of

(i) Checking of records;

(ii) visual inspection

(i) implementation of H&S plan;

(ii) number of work-related accidents;

(iii) Percentage usage of personal protective equipment;

(iv) number of first-aid stations, frequency of

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

47

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

potable drinking water;

(vi) Clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances;

(vii) record of H&S orientation trainings

(viii) personal protective equipments (particularly for worker during working within the river);

(ix) Percentage of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms;

(x) sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal.

potable water delivery, provision of clean eating area, and number of sign boards are according to approved plan;

(v) Percentage of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms

Community Health and Safety

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Traffic Management Plan;

(ii) complaints from sensitive receptors

Visual inspection

(i) implementation of Traffic Management Plan;

(ii) complaints from sensitive

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

48

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

receptors satisfactorily addressed

Social and economic resources

Construction sites Construction contractor SPCU/implementing NGO

Internal monitoring reports of SPCU

Visual inspection Consultation Monitoring surveys Grievance redressal records

(i) Affected Persons compensated/assisted;

(ii) No. of Affected Persons trained;

(iii) No. of vulnerable Affected Persons provided access to literacy/numeracy classes, if undertaken;

(iv) compensation for non-land assets paid to non-titled persons etc.

Monthly, quarterly and annual

PMU

Work Camps work camps Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors;

(ii) water and sanitation facilities for employees; and

(iii) SPCU/DSC report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions

Visual inspection

(i) designated areas only;

(ii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

Chance Finds construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) records of chance finds

checking of records

Implementation of Chance Finds Protocol

as needed SPCU and DSC

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, H&S = Health and Safety, PMU = Project Management Unit, NGO = non-governmental organization, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

49

Table 14: Operation and Maintenance Environmental Monitoring Program Field Location Responsible for

Mitigation Monitoring of

Mitigation Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

General Maintenance Work

subproject sites Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

complaints from sensitive receptors

checking of records

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed PMU

Community Health and Safety

subproject sites Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

complaints from sensitive receptors

checking of records

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed PMU

Accessibility subproject sites Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

complaints from sensitive receptors

checking of records

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed PMU

O&M = Operation and Maintenance, PMU = Project Management Unit

50

50

E. Staffing Requirement and Budget

131. The costs for environmental safeguard activities which are responsibilities of the PMC and design and supervision consultant (DSC) are included in respective consultant packages. The cost of mitigation measures during construction stage will be incorporated into the contractor‟s costs. Thus remaining costs related to environmental safeguards cover the following activities:

(i) Conduct of environmental monitoring for baseline data generation and long-

term surveys; (ii) Replacement and maintenance of trees, if required; (iii) Conduct of environmental capacity-building lectures and workshops.

132. The indicative costs of these various inputs are shown in Table 15.

Table 15: Indicative Cost of EARF Implementation

Item Quantity Unit Cost

(US$) Sub-total Cost

(US$) Source of Funds

Environmental Monitoring

(a) Design Stage to establish baseline environmental data

Lump sum

$1,000 $1,000 DSC Cost

(b) Construction Phase - - Construction Contractor‟s costs

(c) O&M - - Pradeshiya Sabha‟s cost

Tree-planting and maintenance (3 years) Lump sum

$500 $500 Construction Contractor‟s costs

Capacity Building Expenses $500 $500 PMC/DSC Cost

DSC = Design Supervision Consultant, O&M = operation and maintenance, PMC = project management consultant F. Monitoring and Reporting

133. The project management unit (PMU) will monitor and measure the progress of environmental management plan (EMP) implementation. The monitoring activities will be corresponding with the project‟s risks and impacts and will be identified in the environmental impact assessment (EIAs)/initial environmental examination (IEEs) for the subprojects. In addition to recording information of the work, deviation of work components from original scope, the PMU and SPCU will undertake site inspections and document review to verify compliance with the EMP and progress toward the final outcome. 134. DSC will submit monthly monitoring and implementation reports to SPCU, who will take follow-up actions, if necessary. SPCU will submit the quarterly monitoring and implementation reports to PMU who will then submit to the Project Director. The PMU will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to Asian Development Bank (ADB). The suggested monitoring report format is in Appendix 7. Project budgets will reflect the costs of monitoring and reporting requirements. For subprojects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis. Monitoring reports will be posted in a location accessible to the public.

51

51

135. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts, the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) retain qualified and experienced external experts to verify its monitoring information. It will document monitoring results, identify the necessary corrective actions, and reflect them in a corrective action plan. MLGPC, in each quarter, will study the compliance with the action plan developed in the previous quarter. Compliance with loan covenants will be screened by MLGPC. 136. ADB will review project performance against the MLGPC‟s commitments as agreed in the legal documents. The extent of ADB's monitoring and supervision activities will be commensurate with the Project‟s risks and impacts. Monitoring and supervising of social and environmental safeguards will be integrated into the project performance management system. ADB will monitor projects on an ongoing basis until a project completion report is issued. ADB will carry out the following monitoring actions to supervise project implementation:

(i) conduct periodic site visits for projects with adverse environmental or social impacts;

(ii) conduct supervision missions with detailed review by ADB‟s safeguard specialists/officers or consultants for projects with significant adverse social or environmental impacts;

(iii) review the periodic monitoring reports submitted by MLGPC to ensure that adverse impacts and risks are mitigated as planned and as agreed with ADB;

(iv) work with MLGPC to rectify to the extent possible any failures to comply with their safeguard commitments, as covenanted in the legal agreements, and exercise remedies to re-establish compliance as appropriate; and

(v) prepare a project completion report that assesses whether the objective and desired outcomes of the safeguard plans have been achieved, taking into account the baseline conditions and the results of monitoring.

IX. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

137. The process described in this document has assessed the environmental impacts of all elements of the infrastructure proposed under the Neluwa Roads Subproject. Potential negative impacts were identified in relation to both construction and operation of the improved infrastructure. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. These were discussed with specialists responsible for engineering, and as a result measures have already been included in the outline designs for the infrastructure. This means that the number of impacts and their significance has already been reduced by amending the design. 138. Regardless of these and various other actions taken during the IEE process and in developing the subproject, there will still be impacts on the environment when the infrastructure is built and when it is operating. 139. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from the earth-movement, trenching and disturbance of residents, road-users, and traffic construction work. These are common impacts of construction in roads projects developed areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation.

52

52

140. One field in which impacts are much less routine is archaeology, and while risks are low, a series of specific measures have been developed to avoid damaging important remains if any are encountered. 141. It is proposed that the project will employ in the workforce people who live in the vicinity of construction sites to provide them with a short-term economic gain; and ensure that people employed in the longer term to maintain and operate the new facilities are residents of nearby communities. 142. In addition, it is also proposed contract clauses for environmental provisions are made to be part of the civil works contract to ensure implementation of mitigation measures during the construction period. Contractors‟ conformity with contract procedures and specifications during construction shall be carefully monitored by SPCU and DSC. 143. Once the system is operating, the facilities will operate with routine maintenance, which shall not affect the environment. The roads will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. It will also be conducted in areas that have already been excavated, so there will be no need to protect archaeological material. 144. The main impacts of the improved roads will be beneficial as the citizens of Neluwa will be provided with better connectivity to the services, markets for the local products, and improved life quality to the public. . 145. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring and management conducted during construction and operation to ensure that all measures are implemented, and to determine whether the environment is protected as intended. This will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries, and any requirements for remedial action will be reported to the PMU. There will also be longer-term surveys to monitor the expected improvements in the quality of domestic water and the health of the population. 146. Finally, stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through intensive discussions on site and a large public meeting/ workshop held in the town, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and the planning and development of the project. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the town and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB website. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation. 147. This IEE has assessed all potential environmental impacts associated with the subproject. There are no impacts that are significant or complex in nature, or that need an in-depth study to assess the impact. Thus, the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with design, construction, and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 148. Based on the findings of the IEE, the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed, and no further special study or detailed EIA needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS (2009).

Appendix 1 53

53

APPENDIX 1: Sri Lanka Standards Institution Applicable Standards

54 Appendix 1

54

Appendix 2 55

55

APPENDIX 2: Status of Existing Roads (Photographs Taken on 29th April 2011)

Figure 1: Dikhena-Kukulkanda road

Figure 2: Leilwala-Suduwelipotha road

Figure 3: Batahira Millawa – Narabahena Road

56 Appendix 3

56

APPENDIX 3: Records of Public Consultation Stage 1 During the visit to the Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas, the team had a discussion

with the newly elected chairman, secretary, revenue officer, staff, technical officer and other

stakeholders. The chairman outlined the priorities of the people of the Pradeshiya Sabha. The

followings are the gaps identified.

Roads.

Drinking water supply.

Electricity supply.

Solid waste management.

Public toilet.

Crematorium.

Complete the existing community centre and health centre building in the heart of the town.

Date of the consultation 5th April 2011

Participants:

From the Local Authority

Chairman – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas

Secretary – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas

Technical Officer – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas

MoH – Neluwa

Management Assistant – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas

Programme Assistant – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas - and

Several public were met at the town and proposed sites

Consultants

Subproject Team Leader

Financial Management Expert

Social Safeguard Specialist

Social Development and participation specialist

Project Manager

Coordinator – GreenTech. Consultants

During the visit to the Neluwa Ps, the team had a discussion with the newly elected chairman,

secretary, revenue officer, clerical staff, technical officer and other stakeholders. The chairman

expressed the infrastructure gaps in the Pradeshiya Sabha area. He has identified the pressing

needs of the people of the Pradeshiya Sabha and prioritized those according to the interest of

the people.

Date of Consultation – 29th April 2011, Dates of Visit – 11th and 12th May 2011-06-13

Participants

From the Local Authority

Chairman – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas

Secretary – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas

Appendix 3 57

57

Technical Officer – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas

MoH – Neluwa

Management Assistant – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas

Programme Assistant – Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabhas - and

Several public were met at the town and proposed sites

Consultants

Social Development and Participation Specialist

Deputy Team Leader

Infrastructure Engineer,

Water Supply Engineer

Project Manager

Social Safeguard Specialist

Environmental Safeguard Specialist

Project Coordinator

58 Appendix 3

58

Appendix 4 59

59

APPENDIX 4: Sample Grievance Registration Form (To be available in Local Language) The _____________________________________Project welcomes complaints, suggestions, queries and comments regarding project implementation. We encourage persons with grievance to provide their name and contact information to enable us to get in touch with you for clarification and feedback. Should you choose to include your personal details but want that information to remain confidential, please inform us by writing/typing *(CONFIDENTIAL)* above your name. Thank you. Date Place of registration

Contact Information/Personal Details

Name: Gender: __Male ___ Female Age:

Home Address

Village / Town

District

Phone no.

E-mail

Complaint/Suggestion/Comment/Question Please provide the details (who, what, where and how) of your grievance below: If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: ___

How do you want us to reach you for feedback or update on your comment/grievance?

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Registered by: (Name of Official registering grievance)

Verified thru:

___ Note/Letter

___ E-mail

___ Verbal/Telephonic

Reviewed by: (Names/Positions of Official(s) reviewing grievance)

Action Taken:

Whether Action Taken Disclosed:

____ Yes

___ No

Means of Disclosure:

60 Appendix 5

60

APPENDIX 5: Recommended Construction Contractors Clauses

Sources of Materials

(i) Use quarry sites and sources permitted by government; (ii) Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of SPCU; (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction has started, obtain

written approval from SPCU; and (iv) Submit to DSC on a monthly basis documentation of sources of materials.

Air Quality

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials;

(ii) Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather;

(iii) Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks; and

(iv) Fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices which are operating correctly.

Surface water quality

(i) Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets;

(ii) Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils will be disposed, consult with SPCU/DSC on designated disposal areas;

(iii) Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies;

(iv) Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies;

(v) Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites; and

(vi) Conduct surface quality inspection according to the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

Noise Levels

(i) Plan activities in consultation with SPCU/DSC so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance;

(ii) Require horns not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle‟s approach;

(iii) Minimize noise from construction equipment by using vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise-reducing mufflers, and portable street barriers the sound impact to surrounding sensitive receptor; and

(iv) Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dbA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s.

Appendix 5 61

61

Existing Infrastructure and Facilities

(i) Obtain from SPCU and/or DSC the list of affected utilities and operators; and

(ii) Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

Ecological resources –Terrestrial

(i) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees; (ii) If tree-removal will be required, obtain tree-cutting permit from the Forest

Department; and (iii) Plant two (2) native trees for every one (1) that is removed.

Landscape and Aesthetics

(i) Prepare and implement waste management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils; (iii) Coordinate with Neluwa Pradeshiya Sabha for beneficial uses of excess

excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas; (iv) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites; (v) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (vi) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; (vii) Not to dispose any waste material in river body; and (viii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental

restorations work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

Surface and Groundwater

(i) Conduct excavation works during the non-monsoon season Accessibility

(i) Prepare and implement a traffic management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Plan transportation routes so that delivery vehicles do not use narrow roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites;

(iii) Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours; (iv) Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic

congestion; (v) Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions; (vi) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner; (vii) Coordinate with local traffic police department for temporary road diversions

and with for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours; and

62 Appendix 5

62

(viii) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Socio-Economic – Income.

(i) Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil; (ii) Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access

across trenches for people and vehicles; (iii) Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of

worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools; (iv) Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring

this in work schedules; and (v) Provide sign boards for pedestrians to inform nature and duration of

construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. Socio-Economic - Employment

(i) Employ at least 50% of the labor force, or to the maximum extent, local persons within the 2-km immediate area if manpower is available; and

(ii) Secure construction materials from local market. Occupational Health and Safety

(i) Develop and implement site-specific Health and Safety (H&S) Plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use Personal Protective Equipment; (c) H&S Training for all site personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents;

(ii) Ensure that qualified first-aid can be provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site;

(iii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; (v) Provide supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or

noxious substances; (vii) Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are

apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

(viii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;

(ix) Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas;

(x) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized

electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

Appendix 5 63

63

(xii) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

(xiii) During work within the river special precaution particularly using safety equipment/ belt and training on swimming and mitigation under emergency situation is necessary.

Community Health and Safety.

(i) Plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities. (ii) Liaise with SPCU/DSC in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps. (iii) Maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to

minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure.

(iv) Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions. Work Camps

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants;

(ii) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees unless approved by the Forest Department ;

(iii) Provide water and sanitation facilities for employees; (iv) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood; (v) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can

potentially cause soil contamination; (vi) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (vii) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (viii) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and (ix) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the camp has been vacated

and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work. Social and Cultural Resources

(i) Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work; (ii) Request SPCU/DSC or any authorized person with archaeological field

training to observe excavation; (iii) Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are

suspected; and (iv) Inform SPCU/DSC if a find is suspected, and take any action they require

ensuring its removal or protection in situ.

64

Ap

pe

ndix

6

APPENDIX 6: Environmental Monitoring Format 1. Work Details Table 1: Work Details and Risks

Locations Sub-projects Components

(Package No.)

Name of the contractor

Listing of works

under the package

Starting Date (land

clearance) and schedule

date of completion

What type of works

continued at present

Progress Percentage

Expected changes

from approved

scope

Fulfillment of objectives-

Type of remedial

measures needed

Key assumptions and risks that

affect attainment of the objectives

2. Implementation of Environmental Management Plan Table 2: Status of Environment, Forest and Other Clearances City/ Town Work (Package No.) Applicable Legislation/ Type of clearance Clearance given by and date Subject/ Issue Remarks/ Action needed

Table 3: Compliance with Environmental Management Plan

Description of Impact

Mitigation measures Proposed

Implementation status Detail/ Remarks on

Implementation

Monitoring methods and

frequency

Monitoring conducted by

Monitoring Remarks

(Excellent/Satisfactory/Partially Satisfactory/Below

Satisfaction/Poor/Very Poor)

Remarks and actions taken to

improve implementation

Detailed Design

Pre- Construction

Construction

Table 4: Measurement of Pollutants

Components Package/ Location

Period of monitoring

Parameters/Pollutants Standard Base line status

Monitoring result during project Implementation

Remarks

Noise

Air Quality

Water Quality

Soil Quality

Draft Initial Environmental Examination June 2011

SRI: Local Government Enhancement Project – Kolonna Solid Waste Management Subproject

Prepared by the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils for the Asian Development Bank.

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB - Asian Development Bank

C&P - Consultation and Participation

CEA - Central Environmental Authority CITES - Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild

Fauna and Flora

CMS - Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals

DSC - design and supervision consultant

EIA - environmental impact assessment

EMP - environmental management plan

EPL - Environmental Protection License

GRC - Grievance Redress Committee

GRM - grievance redress mechanism

H&S - Health and Safety

IEE - initial environmental examination

IPP - indigenous people plan IUCN - International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural

Resources

JICA - Japan International Cooperation Agency

LGEP - Local Government Enhancement Project

MLGPC - Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils

NEA - National Environment Act

NGO - non government organizations

NSSWM - National Strategy for Solid Waste Management

O&M - operations and maintenance

PID - Project Information Document

PMC ES - project management consultant environment specialist

PMU - project management unit

PMU-ESO - project management unit environment safeguards officer

PPE - personal protective equipment

RoW - right of way

SLSI - Sri Lanka Standards Institute

SPCU - Subproject Coordination Units

SPS - Safeguard Policy Statement

SWM - solid waste management

UNESCO - United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

cm – centimeter

dbA – decibels

ha – hectare

km – kilometer

m – meter

m3 – cubic meter

mm – millimeter

MTD – metric ton per day

GLOSSARY

Pradeshiya Sabha – Local authorities established under the Pradeshiya Sabhas

Act Number 15 of 1987. Smallest political unit in periurban

and rural areas.

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed

herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff,

and may be preliminary in nature.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any

designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the

Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status

of any territory or area.

CONTENTS

Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

I. INTRODUCTION 1

A. Purpose of the Report 1 B. Study Objective 1 C. Approach and Methodology for the IEE Study 2 D. Project Location 2 E. Organization of the Report 3

II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 4

A. Environmental Compliance Requirements 4 B. Applicable International Environmental Agreements 7

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 8

A. Need of the Project 8 B. Description of the Subproject 8

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 11

A. Physical Resources 10 B. Ecological Resources 12 C. Economic Development 12 D. Social and Cultural Resources 14

V. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 16

A. Pre Construction – Design Phase Impacts 17 B. Construction Phase Impacts 18 C. Operation and Maintenance 24

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION 26

A. Public Consultation and Information Disclosure 26 B. Information Disclosure 27

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 27

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 29

A. Implementation Arrangements 29 B. Institutional Capacity Development Program 30 C. Environmental Mitigation Plan 32 D. Environmental Monitoring Program 32 E. Staffing Requirement and Budget 50 F. Monitoring and Reporting 50

IX. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION 51

APPENDIXES

1. CEA Approval for the Solid Waste Management Project in Kolonna

Pradeshiya Sabhas 53

2. Sri Lanka Institution Applicable Standards 55

3. Records of Public Consultations 58

4. Sample Grievance Registration Form 61

5. Recommended Construction Contractors Clauses 62

6. Environmental Monitoring Format 66

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. The Local Government Enhancement Project (LGEP) is a key infrastructure initiative of the Government of Sri Lanka, and aims to improve local infrastructure and services delivered effectively by local authorities in less developed areas in Sri Lanka (Pradeshiya Sabhas)1 in seven provinces selected by the government through the delivery of improved water supply, sanitation, roads and bridges, drainage infrastructure, solid waste management (SWM), and public facilities. LGEP includes institutional strengthening and capacity building of the state, provincial and local agencies enabling to enhance the productivity of the local service delivery. The project will be implemented over a four year period beginning in 2011, and funded by a sector loan from the Asian Development Bank (ADB). The executing agency is the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC). 2. ADB requires delivery of environmental safeguards throughout the project cycle and polcy principles and requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 (SPS). This Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) has been prepared for Kolonna Solid Waste Management Subproject which covers: (i) improvement in solid waste collection system; (ii) construction of a 3-metric ton per day capacity composting plant and associated facilities; (iii) development of a solid waste management awareness program; and (iv) procurement of equipment (loader). 3. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared which includes (i) mitigation measures for significant environmental impacts during implementation, (ii) environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigation, monitoring, and reporting; (iii) public consultation and information disclosure; and (vi) grievance redress mechanism. 4. The subproject is needed because solid waste management is a growing problem in Sri Lanka and in accordance with the Sri Lankan National Strategy for Solid Waste Management (NSSWM), the Pradeshiya Sabhas have the responsibility to identify appropriate method for collection and disposal of solid waste. 5. Detailed design will begin by end of February 2012 and is expected to be completed in June 2012. Implementation will start from October 2012 and will be completed by October 2013. A total of 12 months construction period is being considered. 6. The vacant land for the composting plant belongs to the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha. It is currently being used as the dumping site for the local authority‟s 1-metric ton per day generated solid waste. There are no households or public buildings close by. There are no wetlands, mangroves, or estuarines within the suproject site. Trees, vegetation (mostly shrubs and grasses), and terrestrial animals are those commonly found in developed areas. The subproject site is not located in agricultural lands nor located in or near any historically-, culturally-, archaeologically- or architecturally-significant area. The nearest protected area is the Sinharaja Reserve Forest, also a national and a world heritage site. However, the proposed composting plant will be located more than the 3-km from the protected core area and even beyond the recommended buffer zone.

1 LGEP will focus on local authorities (Pradeshiya Sabhas) that have had no access to resources in upgrading

services. The Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) has developed a set of indicators to

define and identify these emerging local authorities. The MLGPC finalized the assessment of the Pradeshiya

Sabhas in early May 2011, using the indicators in the areas of (i) geographical location and demography, (ii) social

infrastructure and quality of life, (iii) physical infrastructure and services, (iv) financial strength and resources, and

(v) management capacity.

ii

7. Potential negative impacts were identified in relation to design, construction, and operation of the improved infrastructure. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. A number of impacts and their significance have already been reduced by amending the designs, and through selection of alternative design. 8. Topographical survey of the site will be carried out at detail design stage to plan out the layout and levels of the composting facility. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from the earth-moving and disturbance of residents and traffic during construction work. These are common impacts of construction in urban areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation. The site will be leveled accordingly, and for the number of trees that needs to be cut, an equivalent number of trees will be planted in the premises which will be included as part of the construction contract. 9. Further, it is proposed that the subproject will employ in the workforce people who live in the vicinity of construction sites to provide them with a short-term economic gain, and ensure that people employed in the longer term to maintain and operate the new facilities are residents of nearby communities. 10. Once the system is operating, most facilities will operate with routine maintenance, which should not significantly affect the environment. It is proposed that the 5-m wide green buffer to be planted with tall trees and endemic species. The subproject will also employ in the workforce people who live in the vicinity in the longer term to maintain and operate the new facilities. 11. The main impacts of the solid waste management subproject will be benefits for citizens of Kolonna, as it will provide better environmental conditions. The benefits to be accrued are the following: (i) reduction in unhygienic conditions resulting in cleaner surroundings; (ii) reduction in environmental problems due to improper disposal of organic wastes; (iii) reduction in vulnerability to diseases; and (iv) utilization of organic waste to compost. 12. Mitigation of adverse environmental impacts will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring and management conducted during construction and operation to ensure that all measures in the EMP are implemented and to determine whether the environment is protected as intended. This will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries, and any requirements for remedial action will be reported to the project management unit (PMU). There will also be longer-term surveys to monitor the expected improvements in the health of the population and economic condition of the Pradeshiya Sabha. 13. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through face-to-face discussions on site and a meeting held in the Pradeshiya Sabha, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the Pradeshiya Sabha and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB website. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation. 14. Therefore, the subproject is unlikely to cause major significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with design, construction, and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures.

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Purpose of the Report

1. The Local Government Enhancement Project (LGEP) is a key infrastructure initiative of the Government of Sri Lanka, and aims to improve local infrastructure and services delivered effectively by local authorities in less developed areas in Sri Lanka (Pradeshiya Sabhas)1 in seven provinces selected by the government through the delivery of improved water supply, sanitation, roads and bridges, drainage infrastructure, solid waste management (SWM), and public facilities. LGEP includes institutional strengthening and capacity building of the state, provincial and local agencies enabling to enhance the productivity of the local service delivery. 2. The project is proposed to be implemented over a four year period beginning in 2011, and will be funded through a sector loan from the Asian Development Bank (ADB). The executing agency for the project is the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC); and the implementing agency will be the seven Provincial Councils considered under the project. The MLGPC will operate the project through a project management unit (PMU), while each implementing agency will operate the project through subproject coordinating units (SPCU). 3. During project preparation, Kolonna Solid Waste Management (SWM) Subproject is being considered for financing. Preliminary design has been developed for the subproject, and on the basis of preliminary design, an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report was prepared. 4. It is mandatory that the projects considered for implementation under the project complies with all relevant environmental requirements of the Government of Sri Lanka and ADB‟s Safeguards Policy Statement (SPS). The government‟s National Environment Act (NEA) sets out the requirement for environmental assessment in Sri Lanka. This states that environmental clearance is required for specified activities/projects, and that this must be obtained before any construction work. The construction of the 3-metric ton per day (MTD) capacity composting facility in Kolonna does not fall under the ambit of the NEA, and therefore the clearance is not required. 5. This IEE report is prepared for the Kolonna SWM Subproject which covers (i) improvement of the collection system; (ii) construction of a 3 MTD-capacity composting plant and associated facilities; (iii) development and implementation of a solid waste management awareness program; and (iv) procurement of equipment (loader). B. Study Objective

6. The objectives in undertaking this IEE study are:

(i) To predict environmental consequences – positive and negative impacts associated with the proposed design for the solid waste management subproject

1 LGEP will focus on local authorities (Pradeshiya Sabhas) that have no access to resources in upgrading services.

The Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) has developed a set of indicators to define and identify these emerging local authorities. The MLGPC finalized the assessment of the Pradeshiya Sabhas in early May 2011, using the indicators in the areas of (i) geographical location and demography, (ii) social infrastructure and quality of life, (iii) physical infrastructure and services, (iv) financial strength and resources, and (v) management capacity.

2

at Kolonna; (ii) This study will be used as a planning tool by integrating objectives of sustainable

development with economic growth and social development to facilitate decision-making; and

(iii) Assessment of all statutory requirements for the subproject such as applicable rules and regulations, clearances required etc.

7. The main aim of the IEE is the early determination of the potential magnitude of environmental impacts due to proposed works and development of mitigation measures. 8. This IEE covers the general environmental profile of Kolonna and includes an overview of the potential environmental impacts and their magnitude on physical, ecological, economic, and social and cultural resources within the subproject‟s influence area during design, construction, and operation stages. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is part of this report which includes mitigation measures for significant environmental impacts during implementation of the Project, an environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigation and monitoring. C. Approach and Methodology for the IEE Study

9. The environmental assessment study followed a number of steps. The main steps are:

(i) Review of any previous studies; (ii) Harmonization of environmental safeguard requirements of the government and

ADB; (iii) Screening of impacts and prioritization; (iv) Exploration of opportunities for environmental enhancement; (v) Public Consultation with affected people, local government bodies, government

representatives, nongovernment organizations and business communities to introduce project components and anticipated impacts;

(vi) Focus group discussions in the subproject area; (vii) Prediction of impacts and preparation of mitigation measures through field

investigation and data analysis; (viii) Integration of environment measures in engineer‟s planning; (ix) Preparation of draft IEE reports and EMP; (x) Presenting draft IEE report in stakeholder and public consultation meetings for

public disclosure; (xi) Review of draft IEE reports and EMP; (xii) Submit final IEE report and EMP incorporating comments from the public

consultations to MLGPC and ADB for approval; and (xiii) Implement EMP during construction, and operation and maintenance stages.

10. IEE report was prepared on the basis of detailed screening and analysis of all environmental parameters, field investigations and stakeholder consultations to meet the requirements for environmental assessment process and documentation of ADB‟s SPS and Government of Sri Lanka‟s National Environment Act. D. Project Location

11. The subproject is located in Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha of Sabaragamuwa Province, in the South-Western part of Sri Lanka. The land for the composting plant belongs to the Kolonna

3

Pradeshiya Sabha, which is a vacant land 4 km from the town area. It is currently being used as the dumping site for the local authority‟s 1-MTD generated solid waste. There are no households or public buildings nearby. There are no wetlands, mangroves, or estuarines within the subproject site. Trees, vegetation (mostly shrubs and grasses), and terrestrial animals are those commonly found in developed areas. The subproject site is not located in agricultural lands nor in or near any historically-, culturally-, archaeologically- or architecturally-significant area. The nearest protected area is the Sinharaja Reserve Forest, also a national and a world heritage site. However, the proposed composting plant will be located more than the 3-km from the protected core area and even beyond the recommended buffer zone. E. Organization of the Report

12. In line with ADB‟s SPS, the IEE report has 9 chapters. The summary of contents of the chapters is as follows:

(i) Executive Summary – This section describes concisely the critical facts, significant findings, and recommended actions.

(ii) Chapter 1: Introduction – This section describes the purpose of the report, study objectives, approach and methodology, and project location

(iii) Chapter 2: Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework – This section discusses the national and local legal and institutional framework within which the environmental assessment is carried out. It also identifies project-relevant international environmental agreements to which the country is a party and requirement of no objection certificate, consent/permission from concerned departments and/or organizations, etc.

(iv) Chapter 3: Description of the Project – This section describes the proposed project; its major components; and its geographic, ecological, social, and temporal context, including any associated facility required by and for the project. This section includes drawings and maps showing the project‟s layout and components, the project site, and the project's area of influence.

(v) Chapter 4: Description of the Environment – This section describes relevant physical, biological, and socioeconomic conditions within the study area. It also looks at current and proposed development activities within the project's area of influence, including those not directly connected to the project. It indicates the reliability, and sources of the data.

(vi) Chapter 5: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures – This section predicts and assesses the project's likely positive and negative direct and indirect impacts to physical, biological, socioeconomic (including occupational health and safety, community health and safety, vulnerable groups and gender issues, and impacts on livelihoods through environmental media) and physical cultural resources in the project's area of influence, in quantitative terms to the extent possible; identifies mitigation measures and any residual negative impacts that cannot be mitigated; explores opportunities for enhancement; identifies and estimates the extent and quality of available data, key data gaps, and uncertainties associated with predictions and specifies topics that do not require further attention; and examines global, transboundary, and cumulative impacts as appropriate.

(vii) Chapter 6: Information Disclosure, Consultation, and Participation – This section describes process of identification and engaging of stakeholder, information disclosure; followed by consultation with affected person and stakeholder. This section summarize the comments and concerns of affected

4

persons particularly sensitive receptors like vulnerable groups, women, poor and indigenous peoples and method of mitigation. This section also describes type, time and method of information disclosure and the strategy for carrying out consultation and disclosure process during project implementation.

(viii) Chapter 7: Grievance Redress Mechanism – This section describes the grievance redress framework and setting out the time frame and mechanisms for resolving complaints about environmental performance.

(ix) Chapter 8: Environmental Management Plan – This section deals with the set of mitigation and management measures to be taken for each environmental impact during project designing, construction and operation. It includes multiple management plans and actions. The steps involved identification of anticipated impacts, description of each mitigation measure with technical details, including the type of impact to which it relates and the conditions under which it is required. Linkage with other mitigation plans like involuntary resettlement, Indigenous Peoples, or emergency response as required for the project to be drawn. This section also includes monitoring and reporting procedure. That covers parameters to be monitored, frequency of measurement, monitoring methodology and presentation of detection and threshold limit etc. This section describe implementation arrangement, which specifies the implementation schedule showing phasing and coordination with overall project implementation, requirement of institutional or organizational arrangements particularly responsibility for carrying out the mitigation and monitoring measures, requirement of strengthening of institutional capacity through organization of training program. Capital and recurring cost for environmental management and source of the fund also describe in this section. Finally selection of performance indicators, targets, or acceptance criteria as a project outcome describe in this section.

(x) Chapter 9: Conclusion and Recommendation – This section provides the conclusions drawn from the assessment and provides recommendations.

II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

A. Environmental Compliance Requirements

1. ADB Policy

13. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of ADB‟s operations, and the requirements for Environmental Assessment are described in ADB SPS. This states that ADB requires environmental assessment of all project loans, program loans, sector loans, sector development program loans, and loans involving financial intermediaries, and private sector loans. 14. Screening and Categorization. The nature of the environmental assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project, the sensitivity, scale, nature and magnitude of its potential impacts, and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impact are assigned to one of the following four categories:

(i) Category A. Projects could have significant adverse environmental impacts. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required to address significant impacts. (ii) Category B. Projects could have some adverse environmental impacts, but of

5

lesser degree or significance than those in category A. An IEE is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report. (iii) Category C. Projects are unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are reviewed. (iv) Category FI. Projects involve a credit line through a financial intermediary or an equity investment in a financial intermediary. The financial intermediary must apply an environmental management system, unless all projects will result in insignificant impacts.

15. Environmental Management Plan. An EMP which addresses the potential impacts and risks identified by the environmental assessment shall be prepared. The level of detail and complexity of the EMP and the priority of the identified measures and actions will be commensurate with the Project‟s impact and risks. 16. Public Disclosure. The IEE will be put in an accessible place (e.g., local government offices, libraries, community centers, etc.), and a summary translated into Assamese for the project-affected people and other stakeholders. ADB will post the following safeguard documents on its website so affected people, other stakeholders, and the general public can provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation:

(i) Final IEE upon receipt; (ii) A new or updated IEE and corrective action plan during project implementation upon receipt; and (iii) Environmental Monitoring Reports submitted by project management unit (PMU) during project implementation upon receipt. 2. Applicable National Legislations

17. The requirement for environmental assessment in Sri Lanka is established by the National Environment Act (1980), and the procedures are defined in the EIA Regulations (1993). The regulations specify activities for which environmental assessment is mandatory, and those that could occur within this subproject are as follows:

(i) Construction of any solid waste disposal facility having a capacity exceeding 100 tons per day;

(ii) Projects that fall within 100 m from the boundaries of or within any area declared under (i) the National Heritage Wilderness Act No. 3 of 1988; and (ii) the Forest Ordinance (Chapter 451); and

(iii) Projects that fall within sensitive area(s). 18. Sensitive areas are defined in the EIA Regulations as:

(i) Any erodable area declared under the Soil Conservation Act (1951, 1953); (ii) Any flood area declared under the Flood Protection Ordinance (1924, 1955); (iii) Any flood protection area declared under the Land Reclamation and

Development Corporation Act (1968, 1982); (iv) Any reservation beyond the full supply level of a reservoir; (v) Any archaeological reserve, ancient or protected monument as defined or

declared under the Antiquities Ordinance (1965); (vi) Any area declared under the Botanic Gardens Ordinance (1928, 1973);

6

(vii) Areas within, or less than 100 meters (m) from the boundaries of, any area declared under the Forest Ordinance and National Heritage and Wilderness Act (1988);

(viii) Areas within, or less than 100 m from the boundaries of, any area declared as a Sanctuary under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance (1937);

(ix) Areas within, or less than 100 m from the high flood level contour of, a public lake as defined by the Crown Lands Ordinance (1947, 1949, 1956) including those declared under Section 71 of the Ordinance;

(x) Areas 60 m or less from the bank of a public stream as defined in the Crown Lands Ordinance, with a width of more than 25 m at any point.

19. The requirement for EIA and the level of study required are determined by the Central Environment Authority (CEA) after submission by the proponent of a Project Information Document (PID), plus supporting information if relevant. The environmental clearance for the subproject has been granted by the CEA on 27 November-2009 and attached as Appendix 1. 20. An Environmental Protection License (EPL) from CEA is not required for the composting facility. 21. There are further compliance requirements prescribed by other certain legislation, in particular the Coast Conservation Act, which requires clearance by the Coast Conservation Department (CCD) for any development activity or structure in the coastal zone.2 The subproject is not located in the coastal zone. 22. No development or encroachment of any kind is permitted in archaeological reserves declared under the Antiquities Ordinance No. 9 of 1940 as amended (Section 34). The Director General of Archaeology is empowered to conduct an Archaeological Impact Assessment of areas that may be affected by development or other projects proposed by the government or any person. There are no archaeological reserves in the subproject location. 23. No construction activities are permitted in national reserves (under the jurisdiction of the Department of Wildlife Conservation – see the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance No. 2 of 1937 as amended) and forest reserves (under the jurisdiction of the Forest Department – see the Forest Ordinance of 1907 as amended). Sanctuaries, also declared under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance, may include privately-held land. Clearance from the Department of Wildlife Conservation if construction is proposed in sanctuaries. Construction within 1 mile (1.6 km) radius of a national reserve, sanctuary or buffer zone needs permission from the Department of Wildlife Conservation (see the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance No. 2 of 1937 as amended). Any development activity within a fishery reserve3 requires the permission and approval of the Director of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (see the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act No. 2 of 1996). Any construction taking place in close proximity to a forest reserve must be approved and cleared by the Forest Department. The composting facility is located 22 km from the Sinharaja Reserve Forest, both declared as national and forest reserve. There are no fishery reserve in Kolonna.

2 The coastal zone is defined in the Coast Conservation Act No. 57 of 1981 “as the area lying within a limit of 300

meters landward from mean high water line (MHWL). In the case of rivers, streams, lagoons or any other body of water connected to the sea, either permanently or periodically, the landward boundary extends to a limit of 2 km measured perpendicular to the straight base line drawn between the natural entrance points thereof and includes waters of such rivers, streams and lagoons or any other body of water so connected to the sea.”

3 Certain areas adjoining earmarked reservoirs and water bodies can be declared as a fishery reserve with the concurrence of the Minister of Wild Life and Natural Resources.

7

24. Using paddy land for a purpose other than agricultural cultivation without the written permission of the Commissioner General is a punishable offense under the Agrarian Development Act No. 46 of 2000 (Section 32). The subproject will not use paddy lands. 25. In addition to environmental clearance, approval from the local authorities and CEA for site clearance; and consent from all relevant Pradeshiya Sabhas, Provincial Councils, and Divisional Secretaries shall be obtained before construction begins. 26. The Sri Lanka Standards Institute (SLSI) is the National Standards Body of Sri Lanka, established under the Bureau of Ceylon Standards Act No. 38 of 1964. All applicable SLSI Standards which must be complied with are presented in Appendix 2. 27. A summary of Government environmental compliance requirements applicable to the Project is presented in Table 1.

Table 1: Summary of Environmental Compliance Requirements of the Kolonna Solid Waste Management Subproject

Subproject Subcomponent Applicable Legislation Statutory Requirement

Authorizing Body

1. Solid Waste Management

All subcomponents in sensitive areas

NEA Environmental Compliance

CEA

All subcomponents that require site clearance

Municipal Councils Ordinance No. 29 of 1947, the Urban Councils Ordinance No. 61 of 1939 and the Pradeshiya Sabha Act No. 15 of 1987 as amended

Clearance Municipal Councils, Urban Councils and Pradeshiya Sabhas

All subcomponents that require cutting of trees

Felling of Trees (Control) Act No 9 of 1951

Tree-cutting Permit

Forest Department

CEA = Central Environment Authority, NEA = National Environment Act B. Applicable International Environmental Agreements

28. In addition to national rules and regulations, international conventions such as the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) and Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance are applicable for selection and screening of subprojects under restricted/sensitive areas. Sri Lanka is a party to these conventions. 29. International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN). The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (also known as the IUCN Red List or Red Data List), founded in 1963, is a comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. The IUCN is an authority on the conservation status of species. The IUCN Red List is set upon precise criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. Species found in the subproject site are not included in IUCN Red List for Sri Lanka (cmsdata.iucn.org/downloads/rl_548_7_003.pdf). 30. Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS). CMS was adopted in 1979 and entered into force on 1 November 1983. CMS, also known as the Bonn Convention, recognizes that local authorities must be the protectors of migratory species that live within or

8

pass through their national jurisdictions, and aims to conserve terrestrial, marine and avian migratory species throughout their ranges. Migratory species threatened with extinction are listed on Appendix I of the Convention. Migratory species that need or would significantly benefit from international cooperation are listed in Appendix II of the Convention. 31. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). It is an international agreement between governments. Its aim is to ensure that international trade in specimens of wild animals and plants does not threaten their survival. The trade is diverse, ranging from live animals and plants to a vast array of wildlife products derived from them, including food products, exotic leather goods, wooden musical instruments, timber, tourist curios and medicines. Levels of exploitation of some animal and plant species are high and the trade in them, together with other factors, such as habitat loss, is capable of heavily depleting their populations and even bringing some species close to extinction. Many wildlife species in trade are not endangered, but the existence of an agreement to ensure the sustainability of the trade is important in order to safeguard these resources for the future. 32. Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance 1971. The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, called the Ramsar Convention, is an intergovernmental treaty that provides the framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. According to the Ramsar list of Wetlands of International Importance, there are five designated wetlands in Sri Lanka which are required to be protected. Activities undertaken in the proximity of Ramsar wetlands shall follow the guidelines of the convention. However, none of these are located in Kolonna. 33. United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) World Heritage Convention. The most significant feature of the 1972 World Heritage Convention is that, it links together in a single document the concepts of nature conservation and the preservation of cultural properties. The Convention recognizes the way in which people interact with nature, and the fundamental need to preserve the balance between the two. The composting facility 22 km from the protected core area and 20 km from the recommended buffer zone4 of the Sinharaja Forest Reserve, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

A. Need of the Project

34. The subproject is needed because solid waste management is a growing problem in Sri Lanka and in accordance with the Sri Lankan National Strategy for Solid Waste Management (NSSWM), the Pradeshiya Sabhas have the responsibility to identify appropriate method for collection and disposal of solid waste. B. Description of the Subproject

35. The subproject has been proposed by the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha to: (i) improve infrastructural facilities and help create durable assets and quality oriented services in the identified town area; (ii) capacity building of the Pradeshiya Sabha officials, the public and relevant stakeholders, and (iii) improved quality of life through hygienic environment.

4 Sinharaja National Heritage Wilderness Area Management Plan. Prepared by Forest Department,

Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources. August 2009.

9

1. Project components

36. Improvement of Collection System. As part of improvement in the solid waste collection system, the following will be done:

(i) Preparation of a route plan to ensure collection of solid waste at a particular time of the day on particular days of the week, so that the waste collection vehicles are properly utilized to cover all the roads within the Pradeshiya Sabha; Prohibit access of vehicles other than authorized tractors to avoid environment pollution during solid waste transportation over the 4 km distance between the Pradeshiya Sabha town area and the composting facility. (ii) Construction of permanent bins at 5 Polas (1-day per week markets) for organic waste collection.

37. Construction of 3-MTD Capacity Composting Plant and Associated Facilities. The following activities are proposed:

(i) Development of a 1.2143 hectares (3 acres) of government-owned vacant land, which is currently being used as a dumpsite, located 4 km from the limits of Kolonna town;

(ii) Prohibition of open-dumping and burning of wastes at the proposed composting plant location;

(iii) Improvement of the access road from the main road to the composting plant; (iv) Construction of waste receiving area, windrow decomposing facility, compost

maturing facility, and office with restroom facilities; (v) Construction of leachate collection pit; (vi) Construction of boundary fence with gate; (vii) Provision of 5-m buffer zone.

38. Development and Implementation of a SWM Awareness Program. The program will be implemented by the Pradeshiya Sabha’s Public Health Inspectors and Community Development Officers. The objective of the program is to increase awareness among the community of proper solid waste management including the principles of reuse, reduce, and recycle. The outcome of the program is reduced quantity of waste generated, conversion of organic waste to compost, and environmentally-safe disposal of residual wastes. The subproject will provide the awareness campaign materials such as posters and leaflets. The content and information will be prepared by the National Solid Waste Management Support Centre of the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC). 39. Procurement of Equipment (Backhoe Loader) with 2 cubic meter bucket

2. Implementation Schedule

40. Detailed design will begin by end of February 2012 and is expected to be completed in June 2012. Implementation will start from October 2012 and will be completed by October 2013. A total of 12 months construction period is being considered.

10

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

A. Physical Resources

41. Location. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha which is considered as the most under-developed Pradeshiya Sabha within the Ratnapura District is located 106 km South East of Ratnapura Town. It comprises of 144 hamlets and 29 Grama Niladhari Divisions encompassing 86 villages. 42. The total area covered by the Pradeshiya Sabha is 372.3 square kilometers (km2) and has a population of 44,599. It has 29 Grama Niladhari divisions encompassing 86 villages. Connectivity with the major towns as such Embiliptiya, Rakwana, Madambe and Deniyaya, and the district capital Ratnapura is limited due to damaged, single lane B59 road. There is no other connectivity or links with the “A” roads other than the B59. Subproject layout and location are in Figures 1 and 2. 43. Climate. The climate of the area is characterized by wet and intermediate climatic zones while some areas shows the arid climate. Average annual rainfall in the area is about 1722.33 mm. The average annual temperature is about 27 °C. 44. Topography, Soil and Geology. Kolonna is located within South Western lowland plain as identified based on the basis of climate, lithology, structure and elevation of the area. Geologically the area is made up of highly crystalline hard metamorphic basement rock of pre- Cambrian era and the dominant rock types of the study area belong to the rocks of Highland complex. 45. The dominant soil type of the study area is comprised of reddish brown earth soil and reddish brown earth with moderate to high amount of gravel in sub soil and low humic gley soil. The elevation of Kolonna town is about 100-900 m above mean sea level and the Pradeshiya Sabha is located on a rolling, undulated terrain. Topography of the area includes complex mountain chains, massifs, terrain, parallel valleys, water bodies and natural habitat of both flora and fauna. 46. An agro ecological region represents a particular combination of the natural characteristic of climate, soil and relief (Panabokke, 1996). Hence the area belongs to DL1b agro ecological zone with >900 mm of 75% expectancy value of rainfall. 47. Surface water. The Western and Southern boundaries of the Pradeshiya Sabha are rich with plenty of water sources whereas lower area of Buluthota ranges and lowlands as Kella Alagalkanda, Habbeliara are lack of water resources. Rathambala Tank is the major source. Other than that, Maduwanwela Tank, Wekumbura Pahala Tank and Kattu Tank can be used as drinking water sources. Arupporuwa River originating from Sinharaja forest, Welewathuganaga and Hulanda Oya flow through Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha area (Table 2).

Table 2: Waterways in Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha Division Waterways

Buluthota Buluthota oya

Wijeriya Wijeriya ganga

Areporuwa Areporuwa ganga, Hena Ella

Pupulaketiya Makuluthota ganga, Keli kanda spring

Walakada Walakada oya

Nandanagama Dooli ella, Aralu ella

Kumburugamuwa Dedunu ella, Wawulpana Brakish water spring

Koppakanda Kethigana Dola, Panhena spring, Iththehena spring

11

Figure 1: Layout of the Solid Waste Management Site

Figure 2: Location of Composting Facility

Kolonna Composting Facility 6 24' 53" N 80 41' 41" E

12

B. Ecological Resources

48. The flora and fauna in the area resembles the characteristics of a lowland dry zone, intermediate zone and sometimes arid zone. The tributary stream network of the project area sustains a rich aquatic fauna. The surrounding area has been subjected to land fragmentation due to home gardens and agriculture use resulting in the depletion of the ground water table and ecological resources in the area. 49. Sinharaja Forest Reserve. Sinharaja Forest Reserve (6°21'-6°26'N, 80°21'-80°34'E) is a World Heritage Site situated in the south-west lowland wet zone of Sri Lanka, within Sabaragamuwa and Southern provinces. This is closer proximity to Kolonna. It is bounded on the north by the Napola Dola and Koskulana Ganga, on the south and south-west by the Maha Dola and Gin Ganga, on the west by the Kalukandawa Ela and Kudawa Ganga and on the east by an ancient footpath near Beverley Tea Estate and by the Denuwa Kanda. 50. It is of international significance and has been declared as a biosphere reserve in 1978 and world heritage site by UNESCO in 1988. The great diversity of species of Sinharaja forest makes it difficult to distinguish ecological patterns. However, some tree associations have been recognized and these are the Dipterocarpus (Hora-Bu Hora) an association confined to the lower elevations along the Gin Ganga Valley and the Mesua-Doona (Shorea) association forms the matrix of the Sinharaja forest. 51. The vegetation of Sinharaja is that of humid wet evergreen forest type with a high degree of endemism. The total vegetation density, including trees, shrubs, herbs and seedlings has been estimated to be around 240,000 individuals per hectare, of which 95% comprise individuals of the ground layer below 1m in height. The density of trees, lianas above 30cm girth at breast height, ranges between 600-700 individuals/ha. Preliminary studies on the fauna of Sinharaja have revealed that there is a high degree of endemism among the butterflies, fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. C. Economic Development

1. Land Use Pattern

52. None of the area is declared as “built-up” within the Pradeshiya Sabha area. Residential land use accounts for nearly 27% whilst 46% of the area is being used for agricultural activities and 11,512 acres which accounts half of that is being used for paddy cultivation and Tea estates. 53. The land use pattern reflects the relative inadequacy of land for various uses. Land under commercial and industrial use is relatively low, industrial activities are almost non-existent. The Pradeshiya Sabha also suffers from lack of recreational area. A key consideration that would guide future development within the Master plan area is the fact that about 20% of the Master plan area is under tea estates (Table 3).

Table 3: Land Ownership in Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha (in acres) Government

Land Land Reform Commission

Plantation Land Temples land Private Land Forest Land Total

14,561 6,187 4,952 220 19,185 2,142 47,247

54. In view of the location of the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha in the Ratnapura District,

13

Kolonna is well placed to attract large attention for its economic development, mainly in the agricultural sector and in eco tourism due to the prevailing economic climate in the region. Kolonna is therefore gradually tending to become emerging commercial centre. Anyhow, in the current contest, the area lacks in economic growth because of scarcity of basic infrastructure facilities, poor connectivity with the other major towns of the region. Consequently the Pradeshiya Sabha is now gradually tending to take its place as an important economic center for tourism which is yet to be developed to its full potential. 55. Currently the economy of the Pradeshiya Sabha is dependent on agriculture, including paddy, tea, cinnamon, pepper and cloves (Table 4). Small scale cottage industries in the area include timber mills; paddy mills; clay products; black smiths and foundries; and a few tea industries (Table 5).

Table 4: Land Use Pattern of Agricultural Products

Land Use Area in Acre

Tea 9,245

Cinnamon 3,872

Pepper 2,740

Clove 219

Paddy 2,267

Citrus 329

Home garden 1,896

Coconut 1,589

Forrest 1,949

Water bodies 115

Reserve 1,812

Barren 3,872

Others 3,046

Unused 1,334

Total 34,285

Table 5: Industries Functioning in the Pradeshiya Sabha Area Industries Number

Timber Mills 178

Tea industries 4

Crushers 2

Brick industry 19

Cement Products 25

Clay Products 32

Black smith 13

Welding 23

Coir industry 11

2. Tourism Potential of the Area

56. There is a well-established tourism industry in Ratnapura district. Sinharaja Forest Reserve, Udawalawe National Park, Kitulgala, and Adam's Peak are especially popular among tourists. However, the prosperity of tourism does not endorse the tourism development in the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha, even though there are several tourism attractions. The main reason for this is the poor transport and other infrastructure facility of the Pradeshiya Sabha area and the limited road connectivity to the main tourist attractions such as Embilipitya, Rakwana and Ratnapura. 57. The estimated tourist inflow per month of about 5,000-7,000 visit Maduwanwela

14

Walawwa and Wavulpane limestone cave while 400 – 600 number of foreign tourists visit Wavulpane limestone cave every month. However, there is a significant potential for the development of nature (Eco) tourism in this area by creating awareness among locals and foreign tourists. Other important locations are Sinharaja rain forest, Gongala mountain range and natural water falls adjoining the area. Places having historical and religious value are: Omalpe Purana Tampita Vihara is one of such important religious place. The paintings in this Vihara belong to the Kandyan era. 58. The Maduwanwela Walawuwa was built by the Maduwanwela maha Mohottala in 1700. It was a big walawuwa with 121 rooms and court hall with 03 security walls during the 1877 to 1905 period. Its Architectural value as well as the building technology is the major reasons for the tourist attraction. Now this site is under the archeological department.

59. Wawulapane Lime Cave has a five hundred million years history. Basically it is a lime stone cave. There is a high fluoride water stream close to this cave. This stream identify for reason to generate Lime in the Wawulpane Cave. This cave and surrounding has archeological, biological and ecological value. The cave is a very good house for bats to which a huge numbers of bats are living inside the cave. This is the reason to generate this name for this cave. 60. Dooli Ella is a one of beautiful waterfall in the Kolonna area. Dooli Alla is located 1.25 km from the Maduwanwela Walawuwa entrance. D. Social and Cultural Resources

1. Demographic Characteristics

61. Population. The total population of the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha is 52,263 in 2009 comprises of 26,179 males and 26,084 females. The population growth pattern from 2004 is depicted in the following table (Table 6).

Table 6: Population – Gender wise – 2006-2009 Year 2006 2007 2008 2009

Total Population 50,571 50,825 51,683 52,263

Male 25,322 25,499 25,993 26,179

Female 25,249 25,326 25,690 26,084

62. Ethnic composition of Kolonna being Sinhalese, Tamil, and Muslim and the religions professed being Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Roman Catholicism and other Christian denominations. The Sinhalese are the majority with a total population of 47, 488 which is around 90% of the total population. 89% of the population is Buddhist in religion with a population of 46,761 where 4,773 Hindus, 727 Christians and two Muslims are being the minorities. 63. Table 7 depicts the population distribution of the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha among the age group. This reveals more than 50% of the total population is between 18 and 55 years, which is the potential workers age group. The dependency ratio in the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha area is around 1:1.

15

Table 7: Population by Age Group Age Group Female Male Total

Less than 5 year 2,105 2,031 4,136

Completed 5 years 591 650 1,241

Between 5 and 15 3,761 3,564 7,325

completed 15 years 974 963 1,937

Between 15 and 18 years 2,312 2,036 4,348

Completed 18 years 940 1,018 1,958

Between 18 and 35 years 6,318 6,375 12,693

Between 35 and 55 years 5,780 5,753 11,533

Between 55 and 80 years 2,953 3,180 6,133

More than 80 445 514 959

Total 26,179 26,084 52,263

2. Social and cultural resources

64. Livelihoods of the community were badly affected as a result of the deterioration of the infrastructure, irrigation systems and roads. Security precautions on movement and economic activity have weakened the delivery of essential services hampering income generating activities especially for the poor householders in the area. The primary economic activity in the area is farming. However, poverty reduction was hampered due to a combination of factors including transport difficulties and slowdown in agricultural growth. It is also a fact that this impact is more severe in the case of poor. 65. As discussed in the section on Demographic Characteristics almost 75% of the population are above 16 years of age.

3. Availability of Educational services

66. There are 31 schools including one central school within the Pradeshiya Sabha area. Average student to teacher ratio is 14 is to 1.

4. Access to Health Facilities

67. Even though there is a District Hospital in Kolonna and two rural hospitals in Sooriyakantha and Omalpe which provide health facilities to the public of the Pradeshiya Sabha area, it is inadequate for the rising need of the health services of the area.

5. Physical Infrastructure

68. The physical infrastructure facilities composed of roads, buildings and other structures such as bridges, drains, transport (road networks), water and sanitation, transport, energy, housing development, and etc. is commonly in a lacking condition in the Kolonna area.

6. Water supply services

69. The Pradeshiya Sabha provides water supply facilities to 110 households and other business premises from the Mahadola Natural Stream. The water is not treated, except for chlorination and it is under the supervision of MOH – Kolonna. During the dry season, the water from the same source is being used for the irrigation purposes, the Pradeshiya Sabha is facing severe issue in catering the demand in the dry season. To overcome this issue, the Pradeshiya Sabha supplies water from a well at Kalla using water bowsers. Further, the Pradeshiya Sabha maintains 152 tube wells within the area. And about 30 of those are not functioning.

16

70. The low lying areas in the Pradeshiya Sabha face severe safe drinking water issues. Access to safe water and sanitation are two areas that typically improve health outcomes. As shown in the following tables, the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha has performed better than other Pradeshiya Sabhas in the region. It can be seen that 81% of households have access to safe drinking water (Table 8).

Table 8: Safe Drinking Water Facilities

Type of Water supply

tab water

Built wells

Dug wells

Tubewell

Commonwell

Stream water

Total

No. of Households 7,663 1,707 1,214 597 866 985 13,024

Table 9: Safe Sanitation Facilities

Households with Water Sealed

Toilets Households with Pit toilets Households with No toilets Total

9,751 2,741 507 12,999

71. In the case of sanitation, it is reported that about 75% of the households have access to water seal latrines while the national figure for having safe sanitation facilities is about 87% (Table 9). More needs to be done to convince the poor households, to boil water properly to make it safe for drinking, and to improve access to piped drinking water, closed wells and toilets with a view to reducing the incidence of gastro intestinal diseases.

7. Access to Power

72. The electricity supply to the Pradeshiya Sabha is currently inadequate. Under Jathikasaviya and Gamaneguma Projects, 10 GN divisions are identified to supply power. Further, 22 mini hydro power plants are in operation within the Pradeshiya Sabha area to cater the need for power.

V. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

73. Asian Development Bank‟s SPS (2009) require that impacts and risks will be analyzed during pre-construction, construction, and operational stages in the context of the subproject‟s area of influence. As defined previously, the primary impact areas are: (i) the sites for the composting plant and associated facilities; (ii) main routes/intersections which will be traversed by construction vehicles; and (iii) quarries and borrow pits as sources of construction materials. The secondary impact areas are the entire Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha outside of the delineated primary impact area in terms of over-all environmental improvement. 74. The ADB Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist for Solid Waste Management was prepared during preparation of Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) to screen the subproject for environmental impacts and categorization of the project. All the proposed subproject components will interact physically with the environment. 75. In the case of this subproject (i) most of the individual elements are relatively small and involve straightforward construction and operation, so impacts will be mainly localized and insignificant; (ii) most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving excavation, obstruction at specific construction locations, and earth movements; and (iii) being located in an existing dumpsite of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha, will not cause direct impact on terrestrial biodiversity values. The

17

subproject will be in properties held by the local government and access to the subproject area is thru public right of ways (RoWs) and existing roads hence, land acquisition and encroachment on private property will not occur. A. Pre Construction – Design Phase Impacts

76. Design Considerations. The design of the composting plant follows the “JICA Design Manual for Small Scale Composting Plant”. The salient features adapted to the subproject are: (i) Construction of an office building and the construction of the compost plant facility in accordance to the incoming tonnage of organic waste; and (ii) creation of a buffer zone by planting trees. 77. Composting Facility Operations and Maintenance Manual. The composting facility needs to be operated in a uniform manner so its integrity is maintained and utmost environmental protection is maintained. The Composting Facility Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Manual will be prepared as part of the subproject by the design and supervision consultant (DSC) to detail the operational procedures to be followed and implemented to ensure compliance with the intended construction and operation standards. Its purposes shall include: (i) provide information on the basic components of the composting facility; (ii) familiarize the Operator with the environmental control/monitoring systems; (iii) familiarize the Operator with the instructions, general operational phasing or sequencing of composting process; (iv) provide basic information on the type and purpose of the composting facility equipment and their maintenance requirements; (v) provide instruction on daily inspection procedures; (vi) provide procedures for operating under inclement or wet weather operations; (vii) provide general procedures for emergency response and management; (viii) provide a detailed description of environmental monitoring and inspections; and (ix) familiarize the Operator with safety procedures related to composting operations. 78. Screening of Wastes Received. Waste acceptance and screening procedures will be part of the Composting Facility O&M Manual to ensure that the site does not accept wastes that are prohibited from entry. Hazardous/biomedical wastes will not be accepted. Signs will be prominently displayed at the point of entry to clearly indicate the types of wastes that are allowed and those that are not to be accepted. 79. Social and Cultural Resources. Only a number of temples and other religious sites are located in Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha. The declared and recorded archaeological reserves have been notified and assessed by the Department of Archaeology thus there is no risk that work involving ground disturbance can uncover and damage archaeological and historical remains. Nevertheless during preparation of detailed design and implementation of the project, the SPCU/DSC will:

(i) Consult Department of Archaeology to obtain an expert assessment of the archaeological potential of the site;

(ii) Consider alternatives if the site is found to be of medium or high risk; (iii) Include the archaeological, cultural and historical authorities, and interest groups

in consultation forums as project stakeholders so that their expertise can be made available; and

(iv) Develop a protocol for use by the construction contractors in conducting any excavation work, to ensure that any chance finds are recognised and measures are taken to ensure they are protected and conserved.

18

80. Site selection of construction work camps, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas. Priority is to locate these near the subproject area. However, if it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and drinking water supply systems. Residential areas will not be considered to protect the human environment (i.e., to curb accident risks; health risks due to air and water pollution, dust, and noise; and to prevent social conflicts, shortages of amenities, and crime). Extreme care will be taken to avoid disposals near the sensitive area like the buffer zone of the Sinharaja Forest Reserve. All locations will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings. For disposal of construction waste particularly in case of generated waste SPCU/DSC needs permission from the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha. The SPCU/DSC will:

(i) Prioritize areas within or nearest possible vacant space in the subproject sites; (ii) If it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, consider sites that will not promote

instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and drinking water supply systems;

(iii) Do not consider residential areas; (iv) Take extreme care in selecting sites to avoid direct disposal to water bodies or in

areas which will inconvenience the community; and (v) Avoid setting up of labor camp near the river (restricted forest protected area).

81. Site selection of sources of materials. Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, ponding and water logging, and water pollution. To mitigate the potential environmental impacts, locations of quarry site/s, borrow pit/s (for loose material other than stones) will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings. Priority of sites will be investigated in detail project stage. If other sites are necessary, these will be located away from population centers; drinking water intakes and streams; cultivable lands; and natural drainage systems; and in structurally stable areas even if some distance from construction activities. It will be the construction contractor‟s responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha. If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, then the construction contractor shall use the mentioned criteria to select new quarry sites, with written approval of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha. The SPCU/DSC will:

(i) Prioritize sites already permitted by the government; (ii) If other sites are necessary, inform construction contractor that it is their

responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of SPCU; and

(iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, inform construction contractor to obtain a written approval from project management unit (PMU).

B. Construction Phase Impacts

1. Screening of No Significant Impacts

82. The construction work is expected not to cause major negative impacts, mainly because:

(i) Most of the activities will be on an existing dumpsite 4 kilometers (km) away from the limits of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha thus could be constructed without

19

causing impacts to biodiversity; (ii) Overall construction program will be relatively short and is expected to be

completed in 12 months with activities to conducted by small teams working on short lengths at a time so most impacts will be localized and short in duration; and

(iii) Most of the predicted impacts associated with the construction process are produced because the process is invasive, such as involving earth-moving and excavation. However the routine nature of the impacts means that most can be easily mitigated and the impacts are clearly a result of the construction process rather than the design or location, as impacts will not occur if excavation or other ground disturbance is not involved.

83. As a result, there are several aspects of the environment which are not expected to be affected by the construction process and these can be screened out of the assessment at this stage as required by ADB procedure. These are shown in Table 10. These environmental factors are screened out presently but will be assessed again during detailed design and starting of the construction activities.

Table 10: Fields in which Construction is Not expected to Have Significant Impacts

Field Rationale

Topography, Drainage, and Natural

Hazards

Activities are not large enough to affect these features.

Geology, Geomorphology, Mineral

Resources, and Soils

Activities are not large enough to affect these features. No

mineral resources in the subproject sites.

Climate Activities are not large enough to affect this feature.

Air Quality Short-term production of dust is the only effect on atmosphere

Geohydrology and Groundwater Activities will not be large enough to affect these features. Ground

water will not be utilized as new water source

Terrestrial and Aquatic Flora No rare or endangered species in the subproject sites.

Terrestrial and Aquatic Fauna No rare or endangered species in the subproject sites.

Land Use No change in major land use.

Socio-economic Subproject site is located on a vacant government-owned land

Commerce, Industry, and Agriculture Activities are not large enough to affect these features

Population Activities are not large enough to affect this feature.

Health and education facilities Activities are not large enough to affect this feature.

Historical, Archaeological,

Paleontological, or Architectural sites

No scheduled historical, archaeological, paleontological, or

architectural sites at the subproject influence area

2. Construction method

84. Construction of the composting plant and associated facilities. Works will involve

20

excavation and earth-moving, mostly those involved in common and simple construction works. Materials will be brought in on small vehicles/trucks and offloaded manually. Excavation, if necessary will be by small equipment and supplemented by manual digging. Any spoils generated will be used to cover existing dumped solid wastes in the area.

3. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures

85. Although construction of the subproject components involves quite simple techniques, the need to deliver construction materials mean there will be disturbance along the 4 km distance from the limits of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha to the composting plant site. 86. Physical impacts will be reduced by the method of working, whereby (i) the composting plant and associated facilities will be constructed by small teams working on short lengths at a time; (ii) limiting delivery of construction materials during non-peak hours; (iii) limiting work period during non-monsoon period to the maximum extent possible; and (iv) repairing access roads to pre-construction conditions. 87. Sources of Materials. Significant amount of gravel, sand, and cement will be required for this subproject. Approximately 400 cubic meter (m3) of sand, 1000 m3 of aggregate , and 100 metric tons of cement will be brought to site during construction. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Use quarry sites and sources permitted by government; (ii) Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of SPCU; (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction has started, obtain written

approval from SPCU; and (iv) Submit to DSC on a monthly basis documentation of sources of materials.

88. Air Quality. Fugitive emissions from stored materials and vehicular emissions will induce impacts on the air quality in the construction sites. Anticipated impacts are temporary and during construction activities only. To mitigate the impacts, construction contractors will be required to:

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials;

(ii) Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather; and

(iii) Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks.

89. Surface Water Quality. Construction run-off from the site may drain to small channels leading to surface waters. These potential impacts are temporary and short-term duration only and to ensure these are mitigated, construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Schedule works during non-monsoon period to the maximum extent possible; (ii) Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless

covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works; (iv) Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to

the water bodies; (v) Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to

water bodies;

21

(vi) Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites; and (vii) Conduct surface water quality inspection according to the Environmental

Management Plan (EMP).

90. Noise levels. There are no infrastructure present in the existing dumpsite and only a number of houses were noted along the 4 km road to the site. Increase in noise level due to earth-moving and excavation works, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people may still impact sensitive receptors along the 4 km road. Impact is negative, short-term, and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Plan activities in consultation with SPCU/DSC so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance; and

(ii) Require horns not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle‟s approach.

91. Existing Infrastructure and Facilities. Excavation works can damage existing infrastructure located alongside roads, in particular electricity poles. It is therefore important that construction contractors will be required to:

(i) Obtain from SPCU and/or DSC the list of affected utilities and operators; and (ii) Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional

interruption of services.

92. Ecological Resources – Terrestrial. Vegetation clearing and tree-cutting will affect terrestrial ecological balance. The potential impacts are temporary and short-term duration only and to ensure these are mitigated, construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees; (ii) If tree-removal will be required, obtain tree-cutting permit from the Forest

Department; and (iii) Plant two (2) native trees for every one (1) that is removed.

93. Landscape and Aesthetics. The construction works will produce excess construction materials, and solid waste such as removed concrete, wood, trees and plants, packaging materials, empty containers, spoils, oils, lubricants, and other similar items. These impacts are negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils; (ii) Coordinate with Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha for beneficial uses of excess

excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas; (iii) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites; (iv) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (v) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; (vi) Not to dispose any waste material in river body; and (vii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental

restorations work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

22

94. Accessibility. Hauling of construction materials can cause traffic problems and conflicts in RoW. Potential impact is negative but short term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Plan transportation routes so that delivery vehicles do not use narrow roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites;

(ii) Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours; (iii) Keep the site and access road free from all unnecessary obstructions; (iv) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner; and (v) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and

duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

95. Socio-Economic – Income. The subproject components will be located on government lands so there will be no need to acquire land, and thus there will be no impacts on the asset or landowners or tenants. Since construction works will not impede the access of any residents and business.

96. Socio-Economic Employment. Manpower will be required during the 12 months construction stage. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Employ at least 50% of the labor force, or to the maximum extent, local persons within the 2 km immediate area if manpower is available; and

(ii) Secure construction materials from local market.

97. Occupational Health and Safety. Workers need to be mindful of the occupational hazards which can arise from excavation works and existing dumpsites. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Develop and implement site-specific Health and Safety (H&S) plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use personal protective equipment (PPE); (c) H&S Training1 for all site personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents;

(ii) Ensure that qualified first-aid can be provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site;

(iii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; (v) Provide supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or

noxious substances;

1

Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents include (i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal protective equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job. The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

23

(vii) Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

(viii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;

(ix) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (x) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical

devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

(xi) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

98. Community Health and Safety. Hazards posed to the public may include traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians. Potential impact is negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) Liaise with SPCU/DSC in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (iii) Maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to

minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; and

(iv) Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

99. Work Camps. Consultation with design engineers revealed that it is unlikely that work camps are required for this subproject. In the case that it will be needed, the construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants;

(ii) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees unless approved by the Forest Department;

(iii) Provide water and sanitation facilities for employees; (iv) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood; (v) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can potentially

cause soil contamination; (vi) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (vii) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and (viii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the camp has been vacated and

restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.

100. Social and Cultural Resources. For this subproject, excavation will occur in sites already being utilized so it could be that there is a low risk of work uncovering and damaging archaeological and historical remains. Nevertheless, the construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work;

24

(ii) Request SPCU/DSC or any authorized person with archaeological field training to observe excavation;

(iii) Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected; and

(iv) Inform SPCU/DSC if a find is suspected, and take any action they require ensuring its removal or protection in situ.

C. Operation and Maintenance

1. Mode of Operation

101. Management. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha will be responsible for management and implementation of the solid waste management system. This will be supported by the public awareness program, through which citizens will be requested to segregate their biodegradable and general domestic waste into separate bins, and will be informed about the waste collection and management system.

102. Collection. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha initially collect the market wastes for composting on a regular cycle every market day. Organic wastes will be immediately collected and transported to the composting facility. The collection system will be expanded eventually to cover domestic solid wastes in and around the Pradeshiya Sabha.

103. Composting. Only the organic waste from the Polas in Kolonna area and Kolonna town will be composted using aerobic composting process. A back hoe loader will be deployed for this task. .

104. Existing Dumpsite Management. With the implementation of the awareness program, it is expected that wastes being brought to the dumpsite will be decreased due to separation of organic wastes and recyclables. The loader/grader will be used to cover the residual wastes while the Pradeshiya Sabha is exploring viable and practical alternatives in disposing such small quantity of wastes. Burning of wastes will be prohibited.

2. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

105. Leachate Generation. The composting method to be used is a dry process, if the organic materials will not be composted upon delivery, will be covered by tarpaulin or plastic sheets, and the composting facility will be designed with a drainage system leading to a leachate collection pit to ensure rain water does not reach the organic wastes and compost. Therefore leachate generation is not anticipated. Taking advantage of the dry climate in Neluwa, generated leachate will be allowed to evaporate. Consideration for leachate reuse to the composting process will be explored during detailed design.

106. Dust Control. On-site dust will be controlled by use of water truck (include in budget). Water will be used for dust control only in those areas where no potential for creating leachate exists (such as access roads located outside the refuse filling area). In addition to watering, Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha will use the following methods to control dust:

(i) Continuous attention will be given to proper maintenance of access roads; (ii) Water spray or dust palliative will be applied on soil-covered work areas when

conditions may result in fugitive dust; (iii) Planting and maintenance of the vegetation on the buffer zone.

25

107. Litter Control. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha will attempt to minimize windblown or dropped materials on-site. The sites will be checked daily for waste that has been blown or fallen from the collection tractors. Waste collectors will be instructed to cover loads and tractors with improper covered loads will be reprimanded.

108. Vector Control. The main concern is that if vectors are allowed to thrive in the composting plant, diseases could pose a threat to human health and/or the environment. Poorly-managed composting plant can cause negative ecological impacts by allowing the development of large colonies of scavenging birds, rodents and other vermin, which can then be a nuisance and health hazard in nearby communities, and can reach pest levels on surrounding agricultural land. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha will operate the composting plant in a manner that it will not be a haven for rodents and insects. Special attention will be given to maintenance of daily, intermediate, and final soil cover as well as to proper drainage. In the event that rodent, bird and/or insect activity becomes apparent, supplemental vector control measures may need to be initiated.

(i) Rodent control. An important step is to get rid of waste piles and places where these vectors can live. Setting traps is also a common way to determine if rats and mice are present. Mitigation measures will include (a) using grain poison however care must be taken that other animals (such as protected birds) do not ingest it; (b) using cover soil to eliminate much food source; (c) using traps to reduce the number of rats and mices; and (d) removing or covering exposed refuse.

(ii) Fly control. Flies are problem for composting plants that receive large amount of organic wastes, especially if the waste is not processed at the end of each working day. The simplest way to avoid having a fly problem is to cover all garbage at the end of each working day.

109. Odor Control. Odors are often results of refuse that is being unloaded or is improperly covered. When highly odorous loads are received, they will be processed immediately. Maintenance of the buffer zone by planting trees, shrubs, flowers, and other vegetation will help mitigate some of the odours.

110. Economic Development. Business and small industry in the town should operate more efficiently if their waste is removed speedily and efficiently, so there should be small economic gains once the system is in place.

111. Social and Cultural Resources. The main beneficiaries of the improved system of waste management will be the citizens of the town, whose general environment, and in some cases living conditions, will be improved considerably. The unsightly mounds of garbage in the Polas should no longer be evident in the town, and the attendant appearance, smell and public health risk should be removed.

112. There will also be socio-economic benefits for people who are able to gain employment with companies involved in operating the system, or with the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha, who will need to increase their manpower.

113. Occupational Health and Safety. It is important that employees understand the risks they may be exposed to. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha will at least tell them: (i) the likely exposure and the risks; (ii) what Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha is doing to control risks and exposures; (iii) where and how people can obtain protection; (iv) how to report defects in protection and control

26

equipment; and (v) what they shall do to minimize the risk, such as the proper way to use protection and other control equipment, how to look after it and store it, and where to use it. This information will be given in a way the employee can be expected to understand (for example special arrangements might need to be made if the employee does not understand English or cannot read).

114. Community Health and Safety. Vehicle movements cause deaths and some of the most serious accidents. Vehicles will be fitted with highly audible reversing alarms and mirrors. These will be checked at least daily and maintained in good working order. Only authorized and competent workers will be allowed to operate the vehicles. Collection routes will be planned to avoid times of high-pedestrian activities. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha will liaise with communities to position collection points in safe positions and/or collect at quiet times.

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION

A. Public Consultation and Information Disclosure

115. Meaningful stakeholder consultation and participation is part of the project preparation and implementation strategy. A Consultation and Participation (C&P) program has been prepared for the project and will be implemented with the assistance of consultants. By addressing stakeholder needs, there is greater awareness of the benefits, and „ownership‟ of the Project among stakeholders, which in turn contributes to project sustainability. The consultation process so far has solicited inputs from a wide range of stakeholders, including central, provincial, and divisional-level government officials, non-government organizations (NGOs), elected representatives, residents of project cities, marginalized/vulnerable beneficiary groups, and project affected persons. 116. Consultation, participation and disclosure will ensure that information is provided and feedback on proposed subproject design is sought early, right from the project preparation phase, so that the views/preferences of stakeholders including potential beneficiaries and affected people can be adequately considered in project design, and continue at each stage of project preparation, processing, and implementation. Affected persons will be consulted at various stages in the project cycle to ensure: (i) incorporation of views/concerns of affected persons on compensation/resettlement assistance and environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (ii) inclusion of vulnerable in project benefits; (iii) identification of help required by affected persons during rehabilitation, if any; and (iv) avoidance of potential conflicts/smooth project implementation. It will also provide adequate opportunities for consultation/participation to all stakeholders and inclusion of the poor/vulnerable/marginalized and project-affected persons in the project process. Relevant information about any major changes to project scope shall be shared with beneficiaries, affected persons, vulnerable groups, and other stakeholders. 117. Consultations were made with the officers of the Pradeshiya Sabha from 21 to 22 March 2011. These meetings and visits helped in the collection of relevant information according to the environmental impact assessment (EIA) regulations on environmental assessment. All the information relevant to the subproject including project outline, existing situation, project location, relevant maps, type of works, required approvals, cost estimates, drainage plan, activities during and after the development work, the labour force etc, were collected. The records of the public consultations are summarized in Appendix 3.

27

B. Information Disclosure

118. Information has been disclosed through public consultations. The following documents will be submitted to Asian Development Bank (ADB) for disclosure on its website:

(i) final initial environmental examination (IEE); (ii) a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan prepared during project

implementation, if any; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports.

119. The Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) will also make the IEE and environmental management plan (EMP) available, in an accessible place and in a form and language(s) understandable to affected people and other stakeholders. For illiterate people, other suitable communication methods will be used. 120. For this subproject, the project management unit (PMU) in close coordination with the SPCU and assistance from the PMC and DSC will conduct the following:

(i) Consultation during detailed design: (a) Focus-group discussions with affected persons and other stakeholders

(including women‟s groups, non-government organizations (NGOs), and community-based organizations) to hear their views and concerns, so that these can be addressed in subproject design where necessary; and

(b) Structured consultation meetings with the institutional stakeholders (government bodies and NGOs) to discuss and approve key aspects of the project.

(ii) Consultation during construction: (a) Public meetings with affected communities to discuss and plan work

programmes and allow issues to be raised and addressed once construction has started; and

(b) Smaller-scale meetings to discuss and plan construction work with individual communities to reduce disturbance and other impacts, and provide a mechanism through which stakeholders can participate in subproject monitoring and evaluation.

(ii) Project disclosure: (a) Public information campaigns (via newspaper, TV and radio) to explain

the project to the wider town population and prepare them for disruption they may experience once the construction programme is underway;

(b) Public disclosure meetings at key project stages to inform the public of progress and future plans, and to provide copies of summary documents in Hindi; and

(c) Formal disclosure of completed project reports by making copies available at convenient locations in the study towns, informing the public of their availability, and providing a mechanism through which comments can be made.

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

121. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate and facilitate the resolution of affected persons‟ concerns, complaints and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the Project. The GRM will aim to

28

provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project. The grievance redress mechanism and procedure is depicted in Figure 1 below. The project-specific GRM is not intended to bypass the government‟s own redress process rather it is intended to address affected people's concerns and complaints promptly, making it readily accessible to all segments of the affected people and is scaled to the risks and impacts of the project. 122. The PMU and SPCUs will make the public aware of the GRM through public awareness campaigns. Grievances can be filed in writing using the Complaint Register and Complaint Forms (Appendix 4) or by phone with any member of the PMU or SPCU. The contact phone number of the respective SPCUs and the PMU will serve as a hotline for complaints and will be publicized through the media and placed on notice boards outside their offices and at construction sites. The safeguard documents made available to the public in an accessible version will include information on the GRM and will be widely disseminated throughout the corridor by the safeguards officers in the PMU and SPCUs. 123. First tier of GRM. The SPCU is the first tier of GRM which offers the fastest and most accessible mechanism for resolution of grievances. The Safeguards Manager – Social and Gender in the SPCU will be designated as the key officer for grievance redress. Resolution of complaints will be done within seven working (7) days. Investigation of grievances will involve site visits and consultations with relevant parties (e.g., affected persons, contractors, traffic police, etc.). Grievances will be documented and personal details (name, address, date of complaint, etc.) will be included unless anonymity is requested. A tracking number will be assigned for each grievance, including the following elements:

(i) Complaint Register and Complaint Forms (including the description of the

grievance) with an acknowledgement of receipt given to the complainant when the complaint is registered;

(ii) Grievance monitoring sheet with actions taken (investigation, corrective measures); and

(iii) Closure sheet, one copy of which will be handed to the complainant after he/she has agreed to the resolution and signed-off.

124. The updated register of grievances and complaints will be available to the public at the SPCU office, construction sites, and other key public offices. Should the grievance remain unresolved it will be escalated to the second tier. 125. Second Tier of GRM. The SPCU Engineer in consultation with Social Safeguards and Gender Specialist of PMU will activate the second tier of GRM by referring the unresolved issue (with written documentation) to the PMU, who will pass unresolved complaints to the Grievance Redress Committee (GRC).2 The GRC will be established by the PMU before commencement

2 The GRC will consist of the following persons: (i) Additional Divisional Secretary or Assistant Divisional Secretary

depending on the Divisional Secretariats Management Structure; (ii) Secretary of the local authority (Pradeshiya Sabhas) or similar senior officer from the Pradeshiya Sabhas to be named by the Pradeshiya Sabah chairman or by the Mayor of the Pradeshiya Sabhas; (iii) Samatha Mandala chairman of the location of the complainant; (iv) high ranking representative from a Operational NGO of the Pradeshiya Sabhas area, to be nominated by the Pradeshiya sabha chairman/Mayor of the Pradeshiya Sabhas; (v) member from the clergy of the Pradeshiya Sabhas area; and (vi) whenever possible, representatives of the contractor, representative of the engineer, Grama Niladhari of the location of complainant, representative of Chief Valuer, and other expert or any person depending on the nature of the complaint. The functions of the local GRC are as follows: (i) resolve problems quickly and provide support to affected persons arising from various environmental issues and including dust, noise, utilities, power and water supply, waste disposal, traffic interference and public safety as well as social and resettlement

29

of site works. A hearing will be called with the GRC, if necessary, where the affected person can present his/her concern/issues. The process will facilitate resolution through mediation. This local GRC will meet as necessary when there are grievances to be addressed. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign clear responsibilities for implementing its decision within fifteen (15) working days. The contractor will have observer status on GRC. If unsatisfied with the decision, the existence of the GRC will not impede the complainant‟s access to the Government‟s judicial or administrative remedies. 126. The PMU officers will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the GRC, maintaining database of complaints, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings and monitoring to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out. 127. Third tier of GRM. In the event that a grievance cannot be resolved directly by the SPCUs (first tier) or GRC (second tier), the affected person can seek alternative redress through the union or ward committees or in the appropriate courts of law. The SPCUs or GRC will be kept informed by the district, municipal or national authority. 128. The safeguard monitoring reports will include the following aspects pertaining to progress on grievances: (i) number of cases registered with the GRC, level of jurisdiction (first, second and third tiers), number of hearings held, decisions made, and the status of pending cases; and (ii) lists of cases in process and already decided upon may be prepared with details such as name, identification (I.D.) with unique serial number, date of notice, date of application, date of hearing, decisions, remarks, actions taken to resolve issues, and status of grievance (i.e., open, closed, pending). 129. Costs. All costs involved in resolving the complaints (meetings, consultations, communication and reporting/information dissemination) will be borne by the PMU.

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. Implementation Arrangements

130. The MLGPC is the executing agency. A National Steering Committee, headed by the Secretary of MLGPC, will provide policy guidance to the project. A ministerial committee, also headed by the Secretary of MLGPC, will be responsible for decisions on overall approvals and operational policies of the project. 131. A Project Management Unit (PMU), headed by a Project Director, will be established in the MLGPC which will be responsible for overall coordination, management, administration, project implementation, monitoring, and supervision. The PMU will function as the project office of MLGPC, which will be in-charge of subproject appraisal and approval and will ensure compliance with ADB loan covenants. An Environment Safeguards Officer (PMU ESO) will have the following responsibilities: (i) support the Project Director in addressing all environment-related safeguards issues of the project; (ii) implement the EARF; (iii) monitor physical and on-physical activities under the Project; (iv) monitor implementation of safeguards plans; (v) guide the SPCUs as and when necessary; and (vi) endorse/submit periodic monitoring reports3

related issues such as land acquisition (temporary or permanent); asset acquisition; and eligibility for entitlements, compensation and assistance; (ii) reconfirm grievances of displaced persons, categorize and prioritize them and aim to provide solutions within a month; and (iii) report to the aggrieved parties about developments regarding their grievances and decisions of the GRC.

3 The monitoring report will focus on the progress of implementation of the IEE/EIA and EARF, issues encountered and

30

received from SPCU to the PMU PD, who will then submit these to ADB. The PMU will seek the government clearance for submission and disclosure of the environmental monitoring reports to ADB. It will also coordinate with national and state agencies to resolve inter-departmental issues, if any. 132. The PMU will be assisted by PMC Environment Specialist (PMC ES). The PMC ES will (i) review and finalize all reports in consultation with the PMU ESO; (ii) provide project management support, (iii) assure the technical quality of design and construction, (iv) prepare EIA/IEE/Resettlement Plan/Indigenous People Plan (IPP) reports; and (iv) provide advice on policy reforms. In addition, the PMC ES will assist the PMU on the procurement needs and other project implementation aspects and shall play a central role in ensuring capacity building on environmental management of the PMU, contractors, and line departments through capacity development support and training. 133. Subproject Coordination Units (SPCU) will be established in each of the seven provinces to take responsibility for supporting subproject preparation; screening and endorsement; procurement; implementation monitoring including quality control and assurance; and ensuring safeguards compliance. It is essential that Provincial Councils provide clear guidance to the target Pradeshiya Sabhas in their development planning and subproject identification process, to ensure coherence with the provincial physical development plans and facilitate collaboration among neighboring local authorities possibly for joint infrastructure development. Each SPCU will be headed by the Commissioner of Local Government who will be assigned as the Provincial Project Director and will be the administrative head. For each SPCU, a senior engineer will be appointed as the executive head and will be in-charge of the day-to-day activities of the unit. The senior project engineer will also act as the Environment Safeguards Ofiicer (SPCU ESO) and will be responsible for: (i) implementation of the EMP in each EIA/IEE; (ii) undertake surveys and record their observations throughout the construction period to ensure that safeguards and mitigation measures are provided as intended; (iii) implement and monitor safeguards compliance activities, public relations activities, gender mainstreaming activities and community participation activities; (iv) obtain statutory clearances from government agencies/other entities; and (v) coordinate for obtaining RoW clearances with related provincial and national agencies. 134. Environment Specialists will also be appointed as part of the design and supervision consultant (DSC) teams to (i) update the existing IEEs in the detailed design stage; (ii) assist in the monitoring of EMP during construction stage; and (iii) prepare EIAs/IEEs for new subprojects, where required to comply with national law and/or ADB procedure. B. Institutional Capacity Development Program

135. The PMC ES will be responsible for training of PMU and SPCUs staff on environmental awareness and management in accordance with both ADB and government requirements. Specific modules customized for the available skill set shall be devised after assessing the capabilities of the target participants and the requirements of the project. The entire training will cover basic principles of environmental assessment and management; mitigation plans and programs, implementation techniques, monitoring methods and tools. Typical modules that will be present for the training session would be as follows: (i) sensitization; (ii) introduction to environment and environmental considerations in urban development projects; (iii) review of

measures adopted, follow-up actions required, if any, as well as the status of compliance with subproject selection criteria, and relevant loan covenants.

31

IEEs and integration into the subproject detailed design; (iv) improved coordination within nodal departments; and (v) monitoring and reporting system. The proposed training program along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 11.

Table 11: Training Program for Environmental Management

Program Description Participants Form of Training

Duration/ Location

Conducting Agency

A. Pre-Construction Stage

Sensitization Workshop

Introduction to Environment: Basic Concept of environment Environmental Regulations and Statutory requirements as per the government and ADB

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Workshop ½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Session I

Module I Introduction to Environment: Basic Concept of environment Environmental Regulations and Statutory requirements as per the government and ADB

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU

Staff

Lecture ¼ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module II Environmental Considerations in Urban Development Projects: Environmental components affected by urban development in construction and operation stages Activities causing pollution during construction and operation stages Environmental Management Good Practices in Urban Infrastructure Projects

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Workshop ¼ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module III Review of IEE and its Integration into Designs: IEE Methodology Environmental Provisions in the EMPs Implementation Arrangements Methodology of Assessment of Pollution Monitoring Methodology for site selection of borrow areas, waste disposal areas etc.

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture and Field Visit

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module IV Improved Coordination with other Departments: Overview of the Project Environmental and Social Impacts Statutory Permissions Procedural Requirements Cooperation and Coordination with other Departments.

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture / Interactive Sessions

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module V Special Issues in the Project Bio-Diversity Assessment and Conservation Geomorphological Assessment and Slope Protection Statutory Permissions – Procedural Requirements Consultation and Counseling

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture ½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

B. Construction Stage

Session II

32

Program Description Participants Form of Training

Duration/ Location

Conducting Agency

Module VI Role during Construction Roles and Responsibilities of officials/ contractors/ consultants towards protection of environment Implementation Arrangements Monitoring mechanisms

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture / Interactive Sessions

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module VII Monitoring and Reporting System

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture / Interactive Sessions

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

ADB = Asian Development Bank, DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, IEE = initial environmental examination, PMU = Project Management Unit, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

C. Environmental Mitigation Plan

136. The succeeding tables show the potential adverse environmental impacts, proposed mitigation measures, responsible parties, and estimated cost of implementation (Tables 12 to 15). This EMP will be included in the bid documents and will be further reviewed and updated during implementation. 137. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. These were discussed with specialists responsible for engineering, and as a result measures have already been included in the outline designs for the infrastructure. This means that the number of impacts and their significance has already been reduced by amending the design. 138. During construction stage, implementation of mitigation measures is the construction contractor‟s responsibility. To ensure implementation of the mitigation measures during the construction period, contract clauses (Appendix 5) for environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Contractors‟ conformity with contract procedures and specifications during construction will be carefully monitored by SPCU and DSC D. Environmental Monitoring Program

139. The environmental monitoring program includes all relevant environmental parameters, description of sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards, responsible parties, and estimated cost (Tables 16 to 17). Monitoring activities during the detailed engineering design stage will form part of the baseline conditions of the subproject sites and will be used as the reference for acceptance of restoration works by the construction contractors.

33

Table 12: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Pre-construction Environmental Mitigation Plan Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Environmental Clearances Clearances and permits are required in order to implement the subproject. Land allotment letter required. If not pursued on timely basis, this can delay the subproject implementation.

(i) Ensure that clearance for construction is obtained from the local, provincial, and national authorities; (iii) Ensure all land allotment letters are obtained

PMU and SPCU (i) Clearance for construction from local, provincial, and national authorities; (ii) All land allotment letters

Composting Plant O&M Manual

Compost integrity is not maintained

(i) Prepare Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Manual

SPCU and DSC (i) O&M Manual

Social and Cultural Resources

Ground disturbance can uncover and damage archaeological and historical remains

(i) Consult Department of Archaeology to obtain an expert assessment of the archaeological potential of the site; (ii) Consider alternatives if the site is found to be of medium or high risk; (iii) Include the archaeological, cultural and historical authorities, and interest groups in consultation forums as project stakeholders so that their expertise can be made available; and (iv) Develop a protocol for use by the construction contractors in conducting any excavation work, to ensure that any chance finds are recognised and measures are taken to ensure they are protected and conserved.

SPCU and DSC Chance Finds Protocol

Construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas (if needed)

Disruption to traffic flow and sensitive receptors

(i) Prioritize areas within or nearest possible vacant space in the subproject sites; (ii) If it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, consider sites that will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and drinking water

SPCU and DSC to determine locations prior to award of construction contracts.

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

34

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

supply systems; (iii) Do not consider residential areas; (iv) Take extreme care in selecting sites to avoid direct disposal to water bodies or in areas which will inconvenience the community. (v) Avoid setting up of labor camp near the river (restricted forest protected area)

Sources of Materials Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, ponding and water logging, and water pollution.

(i) Prioritize sites already permitted by the government; (ii) If other sites are necessary, inform construction contractor that it is their responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of SPCU; and (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, inform construction contractor to obtain a written approval from PMU.

SPCU and DSC to prepare list of approved quarry sites and sources of materials

(i) List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials; (ii) bid document to include requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, PMU = Project Management Unit, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

Table 13: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Environmental Mitigation Plan Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Sources of Materials Extraction of rocks and material may cause ground instability

(i) Use quarry sites and sources permitted by government; (ii) Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of SPCU; (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction has started, obtain written approval from SPCU; and (iv) Submit to DSC on a monthly basis documentation

Construction Contractor Construction Contractor documentation

35

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

of sources of materials.

Air Quality Fugitive emissions from stored materials and vehicular emissions will induce impacts on the air quality in the construction sites.

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials; (ii) Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather; and (iii) Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks.

Construction Contractor (i) Location of stockpiles; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices

Surface water quality Construction run-off from the site may drain to small channels leading to surface waters.

(i) Schedule works during non-monsoon period to the maximum extent possible; (ii) Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works; (iv) Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies; (v) Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies; (vi) Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites; and (vii) Conduct surface water quality inspection according to the EMP.

Construction Contractor (i) Areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (ii) records of surface water quality inspection; (iii) effectiveness of water management measures.

Noise Levels Increase in noise level due to (i) Plan activities in Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive

36

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

earth-moving and excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people

consultation with SPCU/DSC so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance; and (ii) Require horns not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle‟s approach.

receptors

Existing Infrastructure and Facilities

Excavation works can damage existing infrastructure located alongside roads, in particular electricity poles.

(i) Obtain from SPCU and/or DSC the list of affected utilities and operators; and (ii) Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors

Ecological resources –Terrestrial

Felling of the trees – affect terrestrial ecological balance

(i) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees; (ii) If tree-removal will be required, obtain tree-cutting permit from the Forest Department; and (iii) Plant two (2) native trees for every one (1) that is removed.

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) Checking of conservation management plan for tree species and aquatic fauna/ animal

Landscape and Aesthetics Solid wastes as well as excess construction materials

(i) Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils; (iii) Coordinate with Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha for beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas; (iii) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites;

Construction Contractor (i) Waste Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental restoration work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

37

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

(iv) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; (v) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; (vi) Not to dispouse any waste material in river body; and (vii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental restorations work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

Accessibility (i)Traffic problems and conflicts in ROW (ii) Impact on aquatic habitation – animal

(i) Plan transportation routes so that delivery vehicles do not use narrow roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites; (ii) Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours; (iii) Keep the site and access road free from all unnecessary obstructions; (iv) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner; and (v) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Construction Contractor (i) Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) number of signages placed at subproject sites

Socio-Economic – Employment

Generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue

(i) Employ at least 50% of the labour force, or to the maximum extent, local

Construction Contractor (i) Employment records; (ii) records of sources of materials

38

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

persons within the 2-km immediate area if manpower is available; and (ii) Secure construction materials from local market.

Occupational Health and Safety

occupational hazards which can arise from working in infrastructures like roads and bridges

(i) Develop and implement site-specific Health and Safety (H&S) plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use PPE; (c) H&S Training for all site personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents; (ii) Ensure that qualified first-aid can be provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site; (iii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; (v) Provide supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; (vii) Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

Construction Contractor (i) Site-specific H&S Plan; (ii) Equipped first-aid stations; (iii) Medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Number of accidents; (v) Supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; (vii) record of H&S orientation trainings (viii) use of personal protective equipments; (ix) % of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal.

39

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

(viii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted; (ix) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (x) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and (xi) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

Community Health and Safety.

Traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians

(i) Plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities. (ii) Liaise with SPCU/DSC in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps. (iii) Maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or

Construction Contractor (i) Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors

40

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

premature failure. (iv) Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

Work Camps (if needed) Temporary air and noise pollution from machine operation, water pollution from storage and use of fuels, oils, solvents, and lubricants

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants; (ii) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees unless approved by the Forest Department; (iii) Provide water and sanitation facilities for employees; (iv) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood; (v) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can potentially cause soil contamination; (vi) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (vii) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and (viii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) water and sanitation facilities for employees; and (iii) SPCU/DSC report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions

Social and Cultural Resources

Risk of archaeological chance finds

(i) Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work;

Construction Contractor (i)Records of chance finds

41

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

(ii) Request SPCU/DSC or any authorized person with archaeological field training to observe excavation; (iii) Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected; and (iv) Inform SPCU/DSC if a find is suspected, and take any action they require ensuring its removal or protection in situ.

dB(A) = decibel, DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, EMP = environmental management plan, H&S = Health and Safety, PPE = personal protective equipment, PMU = Project Management Unit, ROW = right of way, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

Table 14: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operation and Maintenance Environmental Mitigation Plan Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Dust Control increased dust level (i) Continuous attention will be given to proper maintenance of access roads; (ii) Water spray or dust palliative will be applied on soil-covered work areas when conditions may result in fugitive dust; (iii) Planting and maintenance of the vegetation on the buffer zone.

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha and O&M Contractors

(i) Records available

Litter Control clogging of drains, unsightly environment

(i) Minimize windblown or dropped materials on-site; (ii) Daily check for waste that has been blown or fallen from the collection vehicles; (iii) Instruct waste collectors to cover loads and vehicles; (iv) Reprimand waste collectors with uncovered loads.

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha and O&M Contractors

(i) Records available

Vector control threat to human health and/or the environment

(i) Develop Rodent and Fly Control Plan

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha and O&M Contractors

Rodents and Flies Control Plan included in O&M Manual

42

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Odour Control nuisance to sensitive receptors

(i) Process highly odorous wastes immediately (ii) Plant trees, shrubs, flowers, and other vegetation

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha and O&M Contractors

(i) complaints from sensitive receptors

Occupational Health and Safety

Adverse impacts on the appearance of surrounding environment and exposure of workers to hazardous debris

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha will at least tell them: (i) The likely exposure and the risks; (ii) What Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha is doing to control risks and exposures; (iii) Where and how people can obtain protection; (iv) How to report defects in protection and control equipment; and (v) What they shall do to minimize the risk, such as the proper way to use protection and other control equipment, how to look after it and store it, and where to use it. This information will be given in a way the employee can be expected to understand (for example special arrangements might need to be made if the employee does not understand English or cannot read).

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha and O&M Contractors

(i) Records of training available; (ii) H&S Plan included in O&M

Community Health and Safety Vehicle movements cause deaths and some of the most serious accidents.

(i) Fit vehicles with highly audible reversing alarms and mirrors and check at least daily and maintained in good working order. (ii) Allow only authorized and competent workers to operate the vehicles; (iii) Plan collection routes to avoid times of high-pedestrian

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha and O&M Contractors

(i) Records available

43

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

activities; and (iv) Liaise with communities to position collection points in safe positions and/or collect at quiet times.

H&S = Health and Safety, O&M = operation and maintenance

Table 15: Pre-construction Environmental Monitoring Program Field Location Responsible for

Mitigation Monitoring of

Mitigation Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Environmental Clearance

Not applicable PMU and SPCU (i) Clearance for construction from local, provincial, and national authorities; (ii) All land allotment letters

Checking of records

All clearances obtained prior to award of contract and construction activities

Once PMU and PMC

Composting Plant O&M Manual

Not applicable SPCU and DSC O&M Manual Checking of Records

Prior to commissioning of the composting facility

Once PMU and PMC

Social and Cultural Resources

Affected area SPCU and DSC Chance Finds Protocol

Checking of records

Chance Finds Protocol provided to construction contractors prior to commencement of activities

Once PMU and PMC

Construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas (if needed)

Concerned place SPCU and DSC to determine locations prior to award of construction contracts.

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

Checking of records

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas provided to construction contractors prior to commencement of works.

Once PMU and PMC

44

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Sources of Materials

Concerned sites SPCU and DSC to prepare list of approved quarry sites and sources of materials

(i)List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials; (ii) BID document to include requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

Checking of records

(i) List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials provided to construction contractors (ii) BID document included requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

once PMU and PMC

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, EMP = environmental management plan, H&S = Health and Safety, PMC = project management consultant, PMU = Project Management Unit, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

Table 16: Construction Environmental Monitoring Program Field Location Responsible for

Mitigation Monitoring of

Mitigation Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Sources of Materials

Quarries and sources of materials

Construction Contractor

Construction Contractor documentation

(i) Checking of records; (ii) visual inspection of sites

(i) sites are permitted; (ii) report submitted by construction contractor monthly (until such time there is excavation work)

Monthly submission for construction contractor As needed for DSC

SPCU and DSC

Air Quality Subproject sites Construction Contractor

(i) Location of stockpiles; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices

(i) Checking of records; (ii) visual inspection of sites

(i) stockpiles on designated areas only; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed; (iii) air pollution control devices working properly

Monthly for checking records

SPCU and DSC in coordination with pollution control board

45

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Surface Water Quality

(i) construction sites; (ii) areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials;

Construction Contractor

(i) Areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (ii) records of surface water quality inspection; (iii) effectiveness of water management measures.

Visual inspection and testing results

(i) designated areas only; (ii) silt traps installed and functioning; (iii) no noticeable increase in suspended solids and silt from construction activities

Monthly for visual inspection

SPCU and DSC

Noise Levels (i) construction sites, (ii)areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (iii) work camps

Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors

(i) Checking of records; (ii) visual inspection of sites

(i) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed; and (ii) silencers in noise-producing equipment functioning as design; and (iii) sound barriers installed where necessary

Monthly SPCU and DSC

Existing Utilities and Infrastructure

(i) construction sites; (ii) alignment of affected utilities

Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors

(i) Checking of records; (ii) Visual inspection

implementation according to Utilities Contingency Plan

As needed SPCU and DSC

Ecological Resources – Terrestrial

(i) construction sites

Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) Checking of conservation management plan for tree species and aquatic fauna/ animal

(i) Checking of records; (ii) Visual inspection

Implementation according to tree-cutting permit

As necessary SPCU and DSC

Landscape and Aesthetics

(i) construction sites; (ii) areas for stockpiles,

Construction Contractor

(i) Waste Management Plan; (ii) complaints from

(i) Checking of records; (ii) Visual inspection

(i) no accumulation of solid wastes on-site;

Monthly SPCU and DSC

46

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (iii) work camps

sensitive receptors; (iii) SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental restoration work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

(ii) Implementation of Waste Management Plan; (iii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed.

Accessibility (i) construction sites; (ii) traffic routes

Construction Contractor

(i) Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) number of signages placed at subproject sites.

Visual inspection (i) implementation of Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed; (iii) signages visible and located in designated areas

Monthly SPCU and DSC

Socio-Economic - Employment

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Employment records; (ii) records of sources of materials

Checking of records

number of employees from Kolonna equal or greater than 50% of total workforce

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

Occupational Health and Safety

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Site-specific Health and Safety (H&S) Plan; (ii) Equipped first-aid stations; (iii) Medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Number of accidents; (v) Supplies of

(i) Checking of records; (ii) visual inspection

(i) implementation of H&S plan; (ii) number of work-related accidents; (iii) % usage of personal protective equipment; (iv) number of first-aid stations, frequency of

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

47

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

potable drinking water; (vi) Clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; (vii) record of H&S orientation trainings (viii) personal protective equipments (particularly for worker during working within the river); (ix) % of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal.

potable water delivery, provision of clean eating area, and number of sign boards are according to approved plan; (v) % of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms

Community Health and Safety

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors

Visual inspection (i) implementation of Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

48

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

addressed

Social and economic resources

Construction sites Construction contractor SPCU/ implementing NGO

Internal monitoring reports of SPCU

Visual inspection Consultation Monitoring surveys Grievance redressal records

(i) APs compensated/assisted; (ii) No. of APs trained; (iii) No. of vulnerable APs provided access to literacy/numeracy classes, if undertaken; (iv) compensation for non-land assets paid to non-titled persons etc.

Monthly, quarterly and annual

PMU

Work Camps work camps Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) water and sanitation facilities for employees; and (iii) SPCU/DSC report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions

Visual inspection (i) designated areas only; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

Chance Finds construction sites Construction Contractor

records of chance finds

checking of records

Implementation of Chance Finds Protocol

as needed SPCU and DSC

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, H&S = Health and Safety, PMU = Project Management Unit, NGO = non-governmental organization, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

Table 17: Operation and Maintenance Environmental Monitoring Program Field Location Responsible for

Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Dust Control Landfill site and service area

O&M contractor, Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

(i) Records available

Checking of relevant records

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

49

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Litter Control Land fill site O&M contractor, Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

(i) Records available

Checking of relevant records

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

Vector Control Landfill site O&M contractor, Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

Rodents and Flies Control Plan included in O&M Manual

Checking of O&M Manual

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

Odour Control Landfill site O&M contractor, Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

(i) Odour Control Plan included in O&M Manual; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors

Checking of O&M Manual

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

Occupational Health and Safety

Landfill site and service area

O&M contractor, Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

(i) Records of training available; (ii) H&S Plan included in O&M

Checking of records and training module

(i) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily

as needed Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

Community Health and Safety

Landfill site and service area

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

(i) Records available

Checking of records

i) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily

As needed Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

O&M = Operation and Maintenance

50

50

E. Staffing Requirement and Budget

140. The costs for environmental safeguard activities which are responsibilities of the PMC and design and supervision consultant (DSC) are included in respective consultant packages. The cost of mitigation measures during construction stage will be incorporated into the contractor‟s costs. Thus, remaining costs related to environmental safeguards cover the following activities:

(i) Conduct of environmental monitoring for baseline data generation and long-

term surveys; (ii) Replacement and maintenance of trees, if required; (iii) Conduct of environmental capacity-building lectures and workshops.

141. The indicative costs of these various inputs are shown in Table 7.

Table 7: Indicative Cost of EARF Implementation

Item Quantity Unit Cost

(US$) Sub-total

Cost (US$) Source of Funds

Environmental Monitoring

(a) Design Stage to establish baseline environmental data

Lump sum

$1000 $1000 DSC Cost

(b) Construction Phase - - Construction Contractor‟s costs

(c) O&M - - Pradeshiya Sabha’s cost

Tree-planting and landscaping Lump sum

$500 $500 Construction Contractor‟s costs

Capacity Building Expenses $500 $500 PMC/DSC Cost

DSC = design and supervision consultant, O&M = operation and maintenance, PMC = project management consultant

F. Monitoring and Reporting

142. The project management unit (PMU) will monitor and measure the progress of environmental management plan (EMP) implementation. The monitoring activities will be corresponding with the project‟s risks and impacts and will be identified in the environmental impact assessment (EIAs)/initial environmental examination (IEEs) for the subprojects. In addition to recording information of the work, deviation of work components from original scope, the PMU and SPCU will undertake site inspections and document review to verify compliance with the EMP and progress toward the final outcome. 143. DSC will submit monthly monitoring and implementation reports to SPCU, who will take follow-up actions, if necessary. SPCU will submit the quarterly monitoring and implementation reports to PMU who will then submit to the project director. The PMU will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to Asian Development Bank (ADB). The suggested monitoring report format is in Appendix 6. Project budgets will reflect the costs of monitoring and reporting requirements. For subprojects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis. Monitoring reports will be posted in a location accessible to the public. 144. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts, MLGPC will retain qualified and experienced external experts to verify its monitoring information. It will document monitoring results, identify the necessary corrective actions, and reflect them in a corrective action plan. Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC), in

51

each quarter, will study the compliance with the action plan developed in the previous quarter. Compliance with loan covenants will be screened by MLGPC. 145. ADB will review project performance against the MLGPC‟s commitments as agreed in the legal documents. The extent of ADB's monitoring and supervision activities will be commensurate with the Project‟s risks and impacts. Monitoring and supervising of social and environmental safeguards will be integrated into the project performance management system. ADB will monitor projects on an ongoing basis until a project completion report is issued. ADB will carry out the following monitoring actions to supervise project implementation:

(i) conduct periodic site visits for projects with adverse environmental or social impacts;

(ii) conduct supervision missions with detailed review by ADB‟s safeguard specialists/officers or consultants for projects with significant adverse social or environmental impacts;

(iii) review the periodic monitoring reports submitted by MLGPC to ensure that adverse impacts and risks are mitigated as planned and as agreed with ADB;

(iv) work with MLGPCto rectify to the extent possible any failures to comply with their safeguard commitments, as covenanted in the legal agreements, and exercise remedies to re-establish compliance as appropriate; and

(v) prepare a project completion report that assesses whether the objective and desired outcomes of the safeguard plans have been achieved, taking into account the baseline conditions and the results of monitoring.

IX. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

146. The process described in this document has assessed the environmental impacts of all elements of the infrastructure proposed under the Kolonna Solid Waste Management Subproject. Potential negative impacts were identified in relation to both construction and operation of the improved infrastructure. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. These were discussed with specialists responsible for engineering, and as a result measures have already been included in the outline designs for the infrastructure. This means that the number of impacts and their significance has already been reduced by amending the design. 147. Regardless of these and various other actions taken during the IEE process and in developing the subproject, there will still be impacts on the environment when the infrastructure is built and when it is operating. This is mainly because of (i) the invasive nature of earth-movement and other excavation works during construction; and (ii) type of wastes being processed in the composting facility during operation. 148. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from the earth-movement, trenching and disturbance of residents, and other sensitive receptors during construction work. These are common impacts of construction in urban areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation. 149. One field in which impacts are much less routine is archaeology, and while risks are low, a series of specific measures have been developed to avoid damaging important remains if any are encountered. 150. It is proposed that the project will employ in the workforce people who live in the vicinity of construction sites to provide them with a short-term economic gain; and ensure that people employed in the longer term to maintain and operate the new facilities are residents of nearby communities.

52

52

151. In addition, it is also proposed contract clauses for environmental provisions are made to be part of the civil works contract to ensure implementation of mitigation measures during the construction period. Contractors‟ conformity with contract procedures and specifications during construction shall be carefully monitored by SPCU and DSC. 152. Once the system is operating, most facilities will operate with routine maintenance, which should not significantly affect the environment. It is proposed that the 100 meter wide green buffer to be planted with tall trees and endemic species. The subproject will also employ in the workforce people who live in the vicinity in the longer term to maintain and operate the new facilities. 153. The main impacts of the solid waste management subproject will be benefits for citizens of Kolonna, as it will provide better environmental conditions. The benefits to be accrued are: (i) reduction in unhygienic conditions resulting in cleaner surroundings; (ii) reduction in environmental problems due to improper disposal of organic wastes; (iii) reduction in vulnerability to diseases; and (iv) utilization of waste to useful resources. 154. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring and management conducted during construction and operation to ensure that all measures are implemented, and to determine whether the environment is protected as intended. This will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries, and any requirements for remedial action will be reported to the PMU. 155. Finally, stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through intensive discussions on site and a large public meeting/ workshop held in the town, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and the planning and development of the project. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the town and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB website. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation. 156. This IEE has assessed all potential environmental impacts associated with the subproject. There are no impacts that are significant or complex in nature, or that need an in-depth study to assess the impact. Thus, the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with design, construction, and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 157. Based on the findings of the IEE, the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed, and no further special study or detailed EIA needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS. Required clearances/permits include: Central Environmental Authority (CEA)‟s Clearence (already obtained by the Pradeshiya Sabha).

Appendix 1 53

APPENDIX 1: Central Environmental Authority (CEA) APROVAL FOR THE SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PROJECT IN KOLONNA PRADESHIYA SABHAS

54 Appendix 1

54

Summary of the Approval

Scan

Image

Letter

From and date To Summary of contents

Image 17, 18 & 19

Director CEA Sabaragamuwa Province

Permit - not addressed to anyone

Approval No. SA-B00172 given under Environmental act No. 47 of 1980, for garbage dumping, describing the location of the land, subject to usual conditions applicable under the act. The permit is valid upto 26.11.2012.

Appendix 2 55

APPENDIX 2: SRI LANKA INSTITUTION APPLICABLE STANDARDS

56 Appendix 2

56

Permissible Noise Levels in Accordance with Noise Control Regulations

Appendix 2 57

1. Maximum Permissible Noise Levels (as i«T) at Boundaries of the land in which the

noise source is located shall not exceed the limits set out below.

Area LAcq TdB (A)

Day Time Night Time

Low Noise (Pradeshiya Sabha area) 50 45

Medium Noise (Municipal Council/Urban 63* 50

Council area)

High Noise (EPZZ of BOI & Industrial 70 60

Estates approved under part IVC of

the

NEA)

Silent Zone (100 m from the boundary 50 45

of a courthouse, hospital, public library,

school, zoo, sacred areas and areas

set apart for recreation or

environmental purposes)

2. Provided that the noise level should not exceed 60 dB (A) inside existing houses,

during day time.

3. Maximum permissible Noise levels at Boundaries of the land in which the source of

noise is located in Lazo T for construction activities.

Construction Activities

L,ca T, dB (A)

Day Time Night time

75 50

4. The following noise levels will be allowed where the background noise level

exceed or is marginal to the given levels in the above table.

a) For low noise areas in which the background Pleasured Background

noise level exceeds or is marginal to the given level Noise level + 3dB (A)

b) For medium noise areas in which the background Measured Background

noise level exceeds or is marginal to the given level Noise level + 3dB (A)

c) For silent zone in which the background noise level Measured Background

exceeds or is marginal to the given level Noise Level + 3dB (A)

58 Appendix 3

58

APPENDIX 3: RECORDS OF PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS Kolonna Solid Waste Management Subproject

1. Stage 1: Public consultation for the initial assessment of issues and development of consultation framework with the council Date: 21 to 22 March 2011 Description: During the visit to the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas, the team had a discussion with the newly elected chairman, secretary, revenue officer, staff, technical officer and other stakeholders. The chairman outlined the priorities of the people of the Pradeshiya Sabha. Participants:

From the Local Authority

Secretary – Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas

Technical Officer – Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas

MOH – Kolonna

Management Assistant – Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas

Programme Assistant – Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas - and

Several public were met at the town and proposed sites Consultants

International Team Leader

Subproject Team Leader

Financial Management Expert

Social Safeguard Specialist

Project Manager

Coordinator – GreenTech Consultants 2. Summary: As at the date visit, the council of members had been dissolved for holding fresh election. Although elections were held and concluded on 18th March 2011 the new council is yet to be formally appointed. Hence the discussions were only with the Secretary of the Council and the council staff. The main need as identified by the Secretary was to increase the revenue of the council so that the council can provide the services expected by them to the area.

(i) For the purpose of increasing such revenue, the Secretary identified the following means:

To develop the following existing polas (day markets) to gain more income. Generate income from lands belonging to Pradeshiya Sabhas Generate income from Rates and Taxes Trade licenses to business community Assistance for Ayurvedic Centre Utilization of natural scenic locations for economic gain of Pradeshiya Sabhas

(ii) For providing better facilities to the constituents, the Secretary identified the

following: Need for garbage collection for the urban areas Need for water scheme for Kolonna area Improvements to Road Network Library Facilities

3. Stage 2: Public consultation for the assessment of needs based on initial

Appendix 3 59

information collected and assessment views of stakeholders on priorities and options for service delivery

List of participants – Stage 2 Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas

60 Appendix 3

60

4. Stage 3: Public consultation for the review of feasibility of initial priority activities and broad agreements on the reform APs and implementation schedule. Date: 25 March 2011 Summary: Prioritized subprojects among the identified long list, was finalized and the consent of the public, council members and other key stakeholders were obtained.

List of Participants:

Appendix 4 61

APPENDIX 4: SAMPLE GRIEVANCE REGISTRATION FORM (To be available in Local Language) The _____________________________________Project welcomes complaints, suggestions, queries and comments regarding project implementation. We encourage persons with grievance to provide their name and contact information to enable us to get in touch with you for clarification and feedback. Should you choose to include your personal details but want that information to remain confidential, please inform us by writing/typing *(CONFIDENTIAL)* above your name. Thank you. Date Place of registration

Contact Information/Personal Details

Name: Gender: __Male ___ Female Age:

Home Address

Village / Town

District

Phone no.

E-mail

Complaint/Suggestion/Comment/Question Please provide the details (who, what, where and how) of your grievance below: If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: ___

How do you want us to reach you for feedback or update on your comment/grievance?

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Registered by: (Name of Official registering grievance)

Verified thru:

___ Note/Letter

___ E-mail

___ Verbal/Telephonic

Reviewed by: (Names/Positions of Official(s) reviewing grievance)

Action Taken:

Whether Action Taken Disclosed:

____ Yes

___ No

Means of Disclosure:

62 Appendix 5

APPENDIX 5: RECOMMENDED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS CLAUSES

1. Sources of Materials

(i) Use quarry sites and sources permitted by government; (ii) Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of SPCU; (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction has started, obtain written

approval from SPCU; and (iv) Submit to design and supervision consultant (DSC) on a monthly basis

documentation of sources of materials. 2. Air Quality

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials;

(ii) Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather;

(iii) Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks; and

(iv) Fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices which are operating correctly.

3. Surface water quality

(i) Prohibit stockpiling of materials in the intake location unless necessary; (ii) Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless

covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils

will be disposed, consult with SPCU/DSC on designated disposal areas; (iv) Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to

the water bodies; (v) Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to

water bodies; (vi) Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites; and (vii) Conduct surface quality inspection according to the Environmental Management

Plan (EMP). 4. Noise Levels

(i) Plan activities in consultation with SPCU/DSC so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance;

(ii) Require horns not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle‟s approach;

(iii) Minimize noise from construction equipment by using vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise-reducing mufflers, and portable street barriers the sound impact to surrounding sensitive receptor; and

(iv) Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dbA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s.

Appendix 5 63

5. Existing Infrastructure and Facilities

(i) Obtain from SPCU and/or DSC the list of affected utilities and operators; and (ii) Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional

interruption of services.

6. Ecological resources –Terrestrial

(i) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees; (ii) If tree-removal will be required, obtain tree-cutting permit from the Forest

Department; and (iii) Plant two (2) native trees for every one (1) that is removed.

7. Landscape and Aesthetics

(i) Prepare and implement waste management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils; (iii) Coordinate with Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha for beneficial uses of excess

excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas; (iv) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites; (v) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (vi) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; (vii) Not to dispouse any waste material in river body; and (viii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental

restorations work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work. 8. Surface and Goundwater

(i) Conduct excavation works during the non-monsoon season 9. Accessibility

(i) Prepare and implement a traffic management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Plan transportation routes so that delivery vehicles do not use narrow roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites;

(iii) Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours; (iv) Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic

congestion; (v) Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions; (vi) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner; (vii) Coordinate with local traffic police department for temporary road diversions and

with for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours; and

(viii) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

64 Appendix 5

10. Socio-Economic – Income.

(i) Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil; (ii) Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across

trenches for people and vehicles; (iii) Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship,

business establishment, hospitals, and schools; (iv) Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this

in work schedules; and (v) Provide sign boards for pedestrians to inform nature and duration of construction

works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints. 11. Socio-Economic - Employment

(i) Employ at least 50% of the labour force, or to the maximum extent, local persons within the 2-km immediate area if manpower is available; and

(ii) Secure construction materials from local market. 12. Occupational Health and Safety

(i) Develop and implement site-specific Health and Safety (H&S) Plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use Personal Protective Equipment; (c) H&S Training for all site personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents;

(ii) Ensure that qualified first-aid can be provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site;

(iii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; (v) Provide supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or

noxious substances; (vii) Provide H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are

apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

(viii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;

(ix) Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas;

(x) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical

devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

(xii) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

(xiii) During work within the river special precaution particularly using safety

Appendix 5 65

equipment/ belt and training on swimming and mitigation under emergency situation is necessary.

13. Community Health and Safety.

(i) Plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities. (ii) Liaise with SPCU/DSC in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps. (iii) Maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to

minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure.

(iv) Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions. 14. Work Camps

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants;

(ii) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees unless approved by the Forest Department ;

(iii) Provide water and sanitation facilities for employees; (iv) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood; (v) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can potentially

cause soil contamination; (vi) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (vii) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (viii) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and (ix) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the camp has been vacated and

restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work. 15. Social and Cultural Resources

(i) Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work; (ii) Request SPCU/DSC or any authorized person with archaeological field training

to observe excavation; (iii) Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected;

and (iv) Inform SPCU/DSC if a find is suspected, and take any action they require

ensuring its removal or protection in situ.

66

A

pp

en

dix

6

APPENDIX 6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING FORMAT 1. Work Details

Table 1: Work Details and Risks Locations Sub-

projects Compone

nts (Package

No.)

Name of the

contractor

Listing of works

under the package

Starting Date (land

clearance) and

schedule date of

completion

What type of works

continued at present

Progress Percentage

Expected changes from

approved scope

Fulfillment of objectives-

Type of remedial

measures needed

Key assumptio

ns and risks that

affect attainmen

t of the objectives

2. Implementation of Environmental Management Plan

Table 2: Status of Environment, Forest and Other Clearances City/ Town Work (Package

No.) Applicable Legislation/ Type of

clearance Clearance given by and

date Subject/ Issue

Remarks/ Action needed

Table 3: Compliance with Environmental Management Plan

a. Description of Impact

b. Mitigation

measures

Proposed

c. Implementation status

d. Detail/

Remarks on

Implementation

e. Monitoring

methods and

frequency

f. Monitoring

conducted by

g. Monitoring

Remarks (Excellent/Satisfactor

y/Partially Satisfactory/Below

Satisfaction/Poor/Very Poor)

Remarks and

actions taken to improve

implementation

Detailed Design

Pre- Construction

Construction

Ap

pe

ndix

6 67

Table 4: Measurement of Pollutants Components Package/

Location Period of

monitoring Parameters/Pollutants Standard Base line

status Monitoring result during project

Implementation Remarks

Noise

Air Quality

Water Quality

Soil Quality

Draft Initial Environmental Examination July 2011

SRI: Local Government Enhancement Project – Kolonna Water Supply Subproject

Prepared by the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils for the Asian Development Bank.

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS

(as of 6 July 2011)

Currency unit – Sri Lankan rupee/s (SLRe/SLRs)

SLRe1.00 = $00.913

$1.00 = SLRs109.51

ADB - Asian Development Bank

C&P - Consultation and Participation

CCD - Coast Conservation Department

CEA - Central Environmental Authority

CITES - Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

CMS - Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals

DSC - design and supervision consultant

EARF - environmental assessment and review framework

EIA - environmental impact assessment

EMP - environmental management plan

EPL - Environmental Protection License

GRC - Grievance Redress Committee

GRM - grievance redress mechanism

IEE - initial environmental examination

IPP - indigenous peoples plan

IUCN - International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources

LGEP - Local Government Enhancement Project

MLGPC - Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils

NEA - National Environment Act

NGO - non government organizations

O&M - operations and maintenance

PID - Project Information Document

PMU - project management unit

PMU ESO - project management unit environment safeguards officer

PPE - personal protective equipment

RCC - reinforced concrete cement

RDA - Road Development Authority

ROW - right of way

SLSI - Sri Lanka Standards Institute

SPCU - Subproject Coordination Units

SPCU ESO - Subproject Coordination Units Safeguards Ofiicer

SWM - solid waste management

UNESCO - United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization

WTP - Water Treatment Plant

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

cm – centimeter

dbA – decibels

dia. – diameter

kg – kilogram

km – kilometer

m – meter

m3 – cubic meter

mm – millimeter

MSL – mean sea level

GLOSSARY

Pradeshiya Sabha – Local authorities established under the Pradeshiya Sabhas

Act Number 15 of 1987. Smallest political unit in periurban

and rural areas.

NOTES

(i) The fiscal year (FY) of the Government of Sri Lanka and its agencies ends on 31 December.

(ii) In this report, "$" refers to US dollars.

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein

do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may

be preliminary in nature.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation

of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian

Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any

territory or area.

CONTENTS

Page

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

I. INTRODUCTION 1

A. Purpose of the Report 1 B. Study Objective 1 C. Approach and Methodology for the IEE Study 2 D. Project Location 2 E. Organization of the Report 4

II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 6

A. Environmental Compliance Requirements 6 B. Applicable International Environmental Agreements 9

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 11

A. Need of the Project 11 B. Description of the Subproject 11

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 12

A. Physical Resources 12 B. Ecological Resources 13 C. Economic Development 14 A. Social and Cultural Resources 16

V. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 18

A. Pre Construction – Design Phase Impacts 18 B. Construction Phase Impacts 20 C. Operation and Maintenance 27

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION 30

A. Public Consultation and Information Disclosure 30 B. Information Disclosure 30

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 31

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 33

A. Implementation Arrangements 33

IX. INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM 34

B. Environmental Mitigation Plan 36 C. Environmental Monitoring Program 36 D. Staffing Requirement and Budget 59 E. Monitoring and Reporting 59

X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION 60

List of Appendixes

1. Results of Intake Water Quality Analysis 62

2. Sri Lanka Institution Applicable Standards 63

3. Records of Public Consultation 65

4. Sample Grievance Registration Form 69

5. Recommended Construction Contractors Clauses 70

6. Environmental Monitoring Format 74

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. The Local Government Enhancement Project (LGEP) is a key infrastructure initiative of the Government of Sri Lanka, and aims to improve local infrastructure and services delivered effectively by local authorities in less developed areas in Sri Lanka (Pradeshiya Sabhas)1 in seven provinces selected by the government through the delivery of improved water supply, sanitation, roads and bridges, drainage infrastructure, solid waste management (SWM), and public facilities. LGEP includes institutional strengthening and capacity building of the state, provincial and local agencies enabling to enhance the productivity of the local service delivery. The project will be implemented over a four year period beginning in 2011, and funded by a sector loan from the Asian Development Bank (ADB). The executing agency is the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC). 2. ADB requires delivery of environmental safeguards throughout the project cycle and policy principles and requirements for environmental assessment are described in ADB‟s Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009 (SPS). This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared for Kolonna Water Supply Subproject which covers construction of: (i) water intake and 50-meter raw water main; (ii) a 100 cubic meter per day-capacity water treatment plant; (iii) a 500 cubic meter ground-level reservoir; (vi) 8.86-kilometer distribution network. 3. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared which includes: (i) mitigation measures for significant environmental impacts during implementation; (ii) environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigation, monitoring, and reporting; (iii) public consultation, and information disclosure; and (iv) grievance redress mechanism. 4. The subproject is needed because there is no existing centrally-operated water supply system in Kolonna. Some individual households as well as commercial and business establishments have their own private water supply and schemes from river and stream. There are 12 existing community-based water supply schemes the largest of which can supply only to 120 households. The Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha is very keen to establish a water supply scheme to provide potable water to at least the more developed parts of the Pradeshiya Sabha area. In addition to addressing a basic need and improving the quality of life of the people in Kolonna, the water supply subproject will also improve the Pradeshiya Sabha‟s revenue base. 5. Detailed design will begin by end of February 2012 and is expected to be completed in June 2012. Implementation will be started from October 2012 and will be completed by May 2014. A total of 18 months construction period is being considered. 6. The subproject sites are vacant government-owned land and existing right-of ways. There are no wetlands, mangroves, or estuarines within the project sites. Trees, vegetation (mostly shrubs and grasses), and terrestrial animals are those commonly found in developed areas. The subproject sites are not located in agricultural lands nor located in or near any historically-, culturally-, archaeologically- or architecturally-significant area. The nearest protected area is the Sinharaja Reserve Forest, also a national and World Heritage Site. . However, the proposed

1 LGEP will focus on local authorities (Pradeshiya Sabhas) that have had no access to resources in upgrading

services. The Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) has developed a set of indicators to define and identify these emerging local authorities. The MLGPC finalized the assessment of the Pradeshiya Sabhas in early May 2011, using the indicators in the areas of (i) geographical location and demography, (ii) social infrastructure and quality of life, (iii) physical infrastructure and services, (iv) financial strength and resources, and (v) management capacity.

ii

water treatment plant and the storage tank will be located more than the 3-km from the protected core area and even beyond the recommended buffer zone. 7. Potential negative impacts were identified in relation to design, construction, and operation of the improved infrastructure. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. A number of impacts and their significance have already been reduced by amending the designs, and through selection of alternative design. 8. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from the need to dispose of large quantities of waste soil and import a similar amount of sand to support the pipes in the trenches; and from the disturbance of residents, businesses, traffic, and important buildings during construction work. These are common impacts of construction in urban areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation. 9. Further, it is proposed that the subproject will employ in the workforce people who live in the vicinity of construction sites to provide them with a short-term economic gain; and ensure that people employed in the longer term to maintain and operate the new facilities are residents of nearby communities. 10. Once the system is operating, most facilities (intake, WTP, and distribution mains) will operate with routine maintenance, which shall not affect the environment Leaks in the distribution network will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, and affecting small areas only. It will also be conducted in areas that have already been excavated, so there will be no need to protect archaeological material. 11. The main impacts of the improved water supply system will be benefits for citizens of Kolonna. They will be provided with a constant supply of water thus improve the quality of life of people as well as benefit individual and public health through improvements in hygiene. This will reduce the incidence of disease associated with poor sanitation. This will also lead to economic gains as people will be away from work less and indirectly increasing their income. 12. Mitigation of adverse environmental impacts will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring and management conducted during construction and operation to ensure that all measures in the EMP are implemented and to determine whether the environment is protected as intended. This will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries, and any requirements for remedial action will be reported to the project management unit (PMU). There will also be longer-term surveys to monitor the expected improvements in the quality of domestic water and the health of the population. 13. The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through face-to-face discussions on site and a meeting held in the Pradeshiya Sabha, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and the planning and development of the subproject. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the Pradeshiya Sabha and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB website. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation. 14. Therefore, the subproject is unlikely to cause major significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with design, construction, and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures.

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Purpose of the Report

1. The Local Government Enhancement Project (LGEP) is a key infrastructure initiative of the Government of Sri Lanka, and aims to improve local infrastructure and services delivered effectively by local authorities in less developed areas in Sri Lanka (Pradeshiya Sabhas)1 in seven provinces selected by the government through the delivery of improved water supply, sanitation, roads and bridges, drainage infrastructure, solid waste management (SWM), and public facilities. LGEP includes institutional strengthening and capacity building of the state, provincial and local agencies enabling to enhance the productivity of the local service delivery. 2. The project is proposed to be implemented over a four year period beginning in 2011, and will be funded through a sector loan from the Asian Development Bank (ADB). The executing agency for the project is the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC); and the implementing agency will be the seven Provincial Councils considered under the project. MLGPC will operate the project through a project management unit (PMU), while each implementing agency will operate the project through subproject coordinating units (SPCU). 3. During project preparation, Kolonna Water Supply is being considered for financing. Preliminary design has been developed for the Kolonna water supply subproject, and on the basis of preliminary design, an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report was prepared. 4. It is mandatory that the projects considered for implementation under the project complies with all relevant environmental requirements of the Government of Sri Lanka and ADB‟s Safeguards Policy Statement (SPS), 2009. The government‟s National Environment Act (NEA) sets out the requirement for environmental assessment in Sri Lanka. This states that Environmental Clearance is required for specified activities/projects, and that this must be obtained before any construction work. The water supply project in Kolonna does not fall under the ambit of the NEA, and therefore environmental clearance is not required. 5. This IEE report is prepared for the Kolonna Water Supply Subproject which (i) water intake and 50 m raw water main; (ii) a 100 cubic meter per day-capacity water treatment plant; (iii) a 500 cubic meter ground-level reservoir; and (iv) 8.86-km distribution network. B. Study Objective

6. The objectives in undertaking this IEE study are:

(i) To predict environmental consequences – positive and negative impacts associated with the proposed design for the water supply subproject at Kolonna;

(ii) This study will be used as a planning tool by integrating objectives of sustainable development with economic growth and social development to facilitate decision-making; and

1 LGEP will focus on local authorities (Pradeshiya Sabhas) that have had no access to resources in upgrading

services. The Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) has developed a set of indicators to define and identify these emerging local authorities. The MLGPC finalized the assessment of the Pradeshiya Sabhas in early May 2011, using the indicators in the areas of (i) geographical location and demography, (ii) social

infrastructure and quality of life, (iii) physical infrastructure and services, (iv) financial strength and resources, and (v) management capacity.

2

(iii) Assessment of all statutory requirements for the subproject such as applicable rules and regulations, clearances required etc.

7. The main aim of the IEE is the early determination of the potential magnitude of environmental impacts due to proposed works and development of mitigation measures. 8. This IEE covers the general environmental profile of Kolonna and includes an overview of the potential environmental impacts and their magnitude on physical, ecological, economic, and social and cultural resources within the subproject‟s influence area during design, construction, and operation stages. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is part of this report which includes mitigation measures for significant environmental impacts during implementation of the Project, an environmental monitoring program, and the responsible entities for mitigation and monitoring. C. Approach and Methodology for the IEE Study

9. The environmental assessment study followed a number of steps. The main steps are:

(i) Review of any previous studies; (ii) Harmonization of environmental safeguard requirements of the government and

ADB; (iii) Screening of impacts and prioritization; (iv) Exploration of opportunities for environmental enhancement; (v) Public Consultation with affected people, local government bodies, government

representatives, nongovernment organizations and business communities to introduce project components and anticipated impacts;

(vi) Focus group discussions in the subproject area; (vii) Prediction of impacts and preparation of mitigation measures through field

investigation and data analysis; (viii) Integration of environment measures in engineer‟s planning; (ix) Preparation of draft IEE reports and EMP; (x) Presenting draft IEE report in stakeholder and public consultation meetings for

public disclosure; (xi) Review of draft IEE reports and EMP; (xii) Submit final IEE report and EMP incorporating comments from the public

consultations to the executing agency and ADB for approval; and (xiii) Implement EMP during construction, and operation and maintenance stages.

10. IEE report was prepared on the basis of detailed screening and analysis of all environmental parameters, field investigations and stakeholder consultations to meet the requirements for environmental assessment process and documentation of ADB‟s SPS and Government of Sri Lanka‟s National Environment Act. D. Project Location

11. The subproject is located in Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha of Sabaragamuwa Province, in the South-Western part of Sri Lanka. The subproject sites are vacant government-owned land and existing right-of ways. There are no wetlands, mangroves, or estuarines within the project sites. Trees, vegetation (mostly shrubs and grasses), and terrestrial animals are those commonly found in developed areas. The subproject sites are not located in agricultural lands nor located in or near any historically-, culturally-, archaeologically- or architecturally-significant area. The nearest protected area is the Sinharaja Reserve Forest, also a national and World

3

Heritage Site. However, the proposed intake will be located more than the 3-km from the protected core area and even beyond the recommended buffer zone (Figure 1). 12. The intake will be located along Andimitikanda Stream. The headwaters come from Andimitikanda During the field visits for the project preparation (March to June), 5 households and a tea plantation were noted in the vicinity of the proposed intake point (Figure 2). Privately-owned small diameter pipes were also noted along various points of the river. These pipes are used to supply water to the nearby community. Source protection for the intake will be finalized during detailed design. 13. Except for the 5 households and tea plantation upstream of the river, there are no other identified sources of pollution. Thus water is expected to be of good quality. This is evidenced by the results of water quality analysis conducted in 31st May 2011 (Appendix 1). All parameters are within the Sri Lanka Standards Institute (SLSI) standards, except for the bacterial and coliform counts. 14. Information gathered during project preparation shows river is used downstream as: (i) bathing, and (ii) Irrigation for small scale cultivation.

Figure 1: Location of the Water Intake in Relation to the Boundaries of the Sinharaja

Forest Reserve

4

Figure 2: Location of Water Intake, Storage Tank and Distribution Network

Kolonna Water Intake 6 23' 51" N 80 40' 29" E

Kolonna Storage Tank 6 23' 52" N 80 40' 17" E Network end at Pradeshiya Sabhas office (1)

6 24' 35" N 80 41' 7" E

Network end at Kella junction (2) 6 22' 7" N 80 42' 10" E

E. Organization of the Report

15. In line with ADB‟s SPS, 2009, the IEE report has nine chapters. The summary of contents of the chapters is as follows:

(i) Executive Summary – This section describes concisely the critical facts, significant findings, and recommended actions.

(ii) Chapter 1: Introduction – This section describes the purpose of the report, study objectives, approach and methodology and project location

(iii) Chapter 2: Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework – This section discusses the national and local legal and institutional framework within which the environmental assessment is carried out. It also identifies project-relevant international environmental agreements to which the country is a party and requirement of no objection certificate, consent/ permission from concerned departments and/or organizations, etc.

(iv) Chapter 3: Description of the Project – This section describes the proposed project; its major components; and its geographic, ecological, social, and

5

temporal context, including any associated facility required by and for the project. This section includes drawings and maps showing the project‟s layout and components, the project site, and the project's area of influence.

(v) Chapter 4: Description of the Environment – This section describes relevant physical, biological, and socioeconomic conditions within the study area. It also looks at current and proposed development activities within the project's area of influence, including those not directly connected to the project. It indicates the reliability, and sources of the data.

(vi) Chapter 5: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures – This section predicts and assesses the project's likely positive and negative direct and indirect impacts to physical, biological, socioeconomic (including occupational health and safety, community health and safety, vulnerable groups and gender issues, and impacts on livelihoods through environmental media) and physical cultural resources in the project's area of influence, in quantitative terms to the extent possible; identifies mitigation measures and any residual negative impacts that cannot be mitigated; explores opportunities for enhancement; identifies and estimates the extent and quality of available data, key data gaps, and uncertainties associated with predictions and specifies topics that do not require further attention; and examines global, transboundary, and cumulative impacts as appropriate.

(vii) Chapter 6: Information Disclosure, Consultation, and Participation – This section describes process of identification and engaging of stakeholder, information disclosure; followed by consultation with affected person and stakeholder. This section summarize the comments and concerns of affected persons particularly sensitive receptors like vulnerable groups, women, poor and indigenous peoples and method of mitigation. This section also describes type, time and method of information disclosure and the strategy for carrying out consultation and disclosure process during project implementation.

(viii) Chapter 7: Grievance Redress Mechanism – This section describes the grievance redress framework and setting out the time frame and mechanisms for resolving complaints about environmental performance.

(ix) Chapter 8: Environmental Management Plan – This section deals with the set of mitigation and management measures to be taken for each environmental impact during project designing, construction and operation. It includes multiple management plans and actions. The steps involved identification of anticipated impacts, description of each mitigation measure with technical details, including the type of impact to which it relates and the conditions under which it is required. Linkage with other mitigation plans like involuntary resettlement, Indigenous Peoples, or emergency response as required for the project to be drawn. This section also includes monitoring and reporting procedure. That covers parameters to be monitored, frequency of measurement, monitoring methodology and presentation of detection and threshold limit etc. This section describe implementation arrangement, which specifies the implementation schedule showing phasing and coordination with overall project implementation, requirement of institutional or organizational arrangements particularly responsibility for carrying out the mitigation and monitoring measures, requirement of strengthening of institutional capacity through organization of training program. Capital and recurring cost for environmental management and source of the fund also describe in this section. Finally selection of performance indicators, targets, or acceptance criteria as a project outcome describe in this section.

6

(x) Chapter 9: Conclusion and Recommendation – This section provides the conclusions drawn from the assessment and provides recommendations.

II. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

A. Environmental Compliance Requirements

1. ADB Policy

16. ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of ADB‟s operations, and the requirements for Environmental Assessment are described in ADB SPS. This states that ADB requires environmental assessment of all project loans, program loans, sector loans, sector development program loans, and loans involving financial intermediaries, and private sector loans. 17. Screening and Categorization. The nature of the environmental assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project, the sensitivity, scale, nature and magnitude of its potential impacts, and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impact are assigned to one of the following four categories:

(i) Category A. Projects could have significant adverse environmental impacts. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required to address significant impacts.

(ii) Category B. Projects could have some adverse environmental impacts, but of lesser degree or significance than those in category A. An IEE is required to determine whether significant environmental impacts warranting an EIA are likely. If an EIA is not needed, the IEE is regarded as the final environmental assessment report.

(iii) Category C. Projects are unlikely to have adverse environmental impacts. No EIA or IEE is required, although environmental implications are reviewed.

(iv) Category FI. Projects involve a credit line through a financial intermediary or an equity investment in a financial intermediary. The financial intermediary must apply an environmental management system, unless all projects will result in insignificant impacts.

18. Environmental Management Plan. An EMP which addresses the potential impacts and risks identified by the environmental assessment shall be prepared. The level of detail and complexity of the EMP and the priority of the identified measures and actions will be commensurate with the Project‟s impact and risks. 19. Public Disclosure. The IEE will be put in an accessible place (e.g., local government offices, libraries, community centers, etc.), and a summary translated into Assamese for the project-affected people and other stakeholders. ADB will post the following safeguard documents on its website so affected people, other stakeholders, and the general public can provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation:

(i) Final IEE upon receipt; (ii) A new or updated IEE and corrective action plan during project implementation

upon receipt; and (iii) Environmental Monitoring Reports submitted by project management unit (PMU)

during project implementation upon receipt.

7

2. Applicable National Legislations

20. The requirement for environmental assessment in Sri Lanka is established by the National Environment Act (1980), and the procedures are defined in the EIA Regulations (1993). The regulations specify activities for which environmental assessment is mandatory, and those that could occur within this subproject are as follows:

(i) Construction of water treatment plants of capacity exceeding 500,000 cubic meters;

(ii) Projects that fall within 100 m from the boundaries of or within any area declared under (i) the National Heritage Wilderness Act No. 3 of 1988; and (ii) the Forest Ordinance (Chapter 451); and

(iii) Projects that fall within sensitive area(s). 21. Sensitive areas are defined in the EIA Regulations as:

(i) Any erodable area declared under the Soil Conservation Act (1951, 1953); (ii) Any flood area declared under the Flood Protection Ordinance (1924, 1955); (iii) Any flood protection area declared under the Land Reclamation and

Development Corporation Act (1968, 1982); (iv) Any reservation beyond the full supply level of a reservoir; (v) Any archaeological reserve, ancient or protected monument as defined or

declared under the Antiquities Ordinance (1965); (vi) Any area declared under the Botanic Gardens Ordinance (1928, 1973); (vii) Areas within, or less than 100 meters (m) from the boundaries of, any area

declared under the Forest Ordinance and National Heritage and Wilderness Act (1988);

(viii) Areas within, or less than 100 m from the boundaries of, any area declared as a Sanctuary under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance (1937);

(ix) Areas within, or less than 100 m from the high flood level contour of, a public lake as defined by the Crown Lands Ordinance (1947, 1949, 1956) including those declared under Section 71 of the Ordinance; and

(x) Areas 60 m or less from the bank of a public stream as defined in the Crown Lands Ordinance, with a width of more than 25 m at any point.

22. The requirement for EIA and the level of study required are determined by the Central Environment Authority (CEA) after submission by the proponent of a Project Information Document (PID), plus supporting information if relevant. For the subproject, environmental clearance from the CEA is required because subproject is using stream water and a weir is proposed to be constructed. . 23. An Environmental Protection License (EPL) from CEA, for the WTP is required prior to operation of the completed facilities. 24. There are further compliance requirements prescribed by other certain legislation, in particular the Coast Conservation Act, which requires clearance by the Coast Conservation Department (CCD) for any development activity or structure in the coastal zone.2 The

2 The coastal zone is defined in the Coast Conservation Act No. 57 of 1981 “as the area lying within a limit of 300

meters landward from mean high water line (MHWL). In the case of rivers, streams, lagoons or any other body of water connected to the sea, either permanently or periodically, the landward boundary extends to a limit of 2 km measured perpendicular to the straight base line drawn between the natural entrance points thereof and includes

8

subproject is not located in the coastal zone. 25. No development or encroachment of any kind is permitted in archaeological reserves declared under the Antiquities Ordinance No 9 of 1940 as amended (Section 34). The Director General of Archaeology is empowered to conduct an Archaeological Impact Assessment of areas that may be affected by development or other projects proposed by the government or any person. There are no archaeological reserves in the subproject location. 26. No construction activities are permitted in national reserves (under the jurisdiction of the Department of Wildlife Conservation – see the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance No. 2 of 1937 as amended) and forest reserves (under the jurisdiction of the Forest Department – see the Forest Ordinance of 1907 as amended). Sanctuaries, also declared under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance, may include privately-held land. Clearance from the Department of Wildlife Conservation if construction is proposed in sanctuaries. Construction within 1 mile (1.6 km) radius of a national reserve, sanctuary or buffer zone needs permission from the Department of Wildlife Conservation (see the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance No. 2 of 1937 as amended). Any development activity within a fishery reserve3 requires the permission and approval of the Director of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (see the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act No. 2 of 1996). Any construction taking place in close proximity to a forest reserve must be approved and cleared by the Forest Department. The water intake is located more than 24 km from the Sinharaja Reserve Forest, declared as national reserve and forest reserve and 3.2 km from Kumburugamuwa forest reserve. There are no fishery reserve in Kolonna. 27. Using paddy land for a purpose other than agricultural cultivation without the written permission of the Commissioner General is a punishable offense under the Agrarian Development Act No. 46 of 2000 (Section 32). The subproject will not use paddy lands. 28. In addition to environmental clearance, approval from the local authorities and CEA for site clearance; and consent from all relevant Pradeshiya Sabhas, Provincial Councils, and Divisional Secretaries shall be obtained before construction begins. 29. The SLSI is the National Standards Body of Sri Lanka, established under the Bureau of Ceylon Standards Act No. 38 of 1964. All applicable SLSI Standards which must be complied with are presented in Appendix 2. 30. A summary of Government environmental compliance requirements applicable to the Project is presented in Table 1.

Table 1: Summary of Environmental Compliance Requirements of the Kolonna Water Supply Subproject

Subproject Subcomponent Applicable Legislation Statutory Requirement

Authorizing Body

1 Water Supply

Water treatment plant exceeding 500,000 cubic meters per day

NEA environmental clearance

CEA

All subcomponents in sensitive areas

NEA environmental clearance

CEA

All subcomponents that Municipal Councils Clearance Municipal

waters of such rivers, streams and lagoons or any other body of water so connected to the sea.”

3 Certain areas adjoining earmarked reservoirs and water bodies can be declared as a fishery reserve with the concurrence of the Minister of Wild Life and Natural Resources.

9

Subproject Subcomponent Applicable Legislation Statutory Requirement

Authorizing Body

require site clearance Ordinance No. 29 of 1947, the Urban Councils Ordinance No. 61 of 1939 and the Pradeshiya Sabha Act No. 15 of 1987 as amended

Councils, Urban Councils and Pradeshiya Sabhas

All subcomponents that require cutting of trees

Felling of Trees (Control) Act No 9 of 1951

Tree-cutting Permit

Forest Department

All subcomponents within a 1 mile (1.6 km) radius of a national reserve, sanctuary, or buffer zone

Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance No. 2 of 1937 as amended

Clearance Department of Wildlife Conservation

All subcomponents in close proximity of a reserve forest

Forests Ordinance No. 16 of 1907 as amended

Clearance Forest Department

All subcomponents in and around fishery reserves

Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act No. 2 of 1996

Clearance Director of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources

CEA = Central Environment Authority, NEA = National Environment Act 31. Table 2 summarizes the application procedure for the EPL.

Table 2: Summary of Procedure for Obtaining Environmental Protection License Legislation Regulatory

Agency Summary of Procedure Time scale

National Environmental Act No: 47 of 1980 amended by Acts No 56 of 1988 and No 53 of 2000; Gazette Notification No 1533/16 dated 25.01.2008

CEA 1. Proponent to submit application to CEA

Minimum of 30 days prior to the commencement of operation 14 days

2. CEA to conduct field inspection

3. CEA to prepare Inspection Report with Recommendations

14 days

4. TRC to review report

5. Proponent to pay license fee

6. CEA to issue EPL

CEA = Central Environment Authority, EPL = Environmental Protection License B. Applicable International Environmental Agreements

32. In addition to national rules and regulations, international conventions such as the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) and Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance are applicable for selection and screening of subprojects under restricted/sensitive areas. Sri Lanka is a party to these conventions. 33. In addition to national rules and regulations, international conventions such as the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) and Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance are applicable for selection and screening of subprojects under restricted/sensitive areas. Sri Lanka is a party to these conventions.

10

34. International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN). The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species (also known as the IUCN Red List or Red Data List), founded in 1963, is a comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. The IUCN is an authority on the conservation status of species. The IUCN Red List is set upon precise criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. Species found in the subproject site are not included in IUCN Red List for Sri Lanka (cmsdata.iucn.org/downloads/rl_548_7_003.pdf). 35. Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS). CMS was adopted in 1979 and entered into force on 1 November 1983. CMS, also known as the Bonn Convention, recognizes that local authorities must be the protectors of migratory species that live within or pass through their national jurisdictions, and aims to conserve terrestrial, marine and avian migratory species throughout their ranges. Migratory species threatened with extinction are listed on Appendix I of the Convention. Migratory species that need or will significantly benefit from international cooperation are listed in Appendix II of the Convention. 36. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). It is an international agreement between governments. Its aim is to ensure that international trade in specimens of wild animals and plants does not threaten their survival. The trade is diverse, ranging from live animals and plants to a vast array of wildlife products derived from them, including food products, exotic leather goods, wooden musical instruments, timber, tourist curios and medicines. Levels of exploitation of some animal and plant species are high and the trade in them, together with other factors, such as habitat loss, is capable of heavily depleting their populations and even bringing some species close to extinction. Many wildlife species in trade are not endangered, but the existence of an agreement to ensure the sustainability of the trade is important in order to safeguard these resources for the future. 37. Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance 1971. The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, called the Ramsar Convention, is an intergovernmental treaty that provides the framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. According to the Ramsar list of Wetlands of International Importance, there are five designated wetlands in Sri Lanka which are required to be protected. Activities undertaken in the proximity of Ramsar wetlands shall follow the guidelines of the convention. However, none of these are located in Kolonna. 38. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) World Heritage Convention. The most significant feature of the 1972 World Heritage Convention is that it links together in a single document the concepts of nature conservation and the preservation of cultural properties. The Convention recognizes the way in which people interact with nature, and the fundamental need to preserve the balance between the two. The intake is are located more than 3-km from the protected core area and even more than the 3-km recommended buffer zone4 of the Sinharaja Forest Reserve, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

4 Sinharaja National Heritage Wilderness Area Management Plan. Prepared by Forest Department, Ministry of

Forest and Natural Resource. August 2009.

11

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

A. Need of the Project

39. The subproject is needed because there is no existing centrally-operated water supply system in Kolonna. Some individual households as well as commercial and business establishments have their own private water supply and schemes from river and stream. There are 12 existing community-based water supply schemes the largest of which can supply only to 120 households. The Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha is very keen to establish a water supply scheme to provide potable water to at least the more developed parts of the Pradeshiya Sabha area. In addition to addressing a basic need and improving the quality of life of the people in Kolonna, the water supply subproject will also improve the Pradeshiya Sabha’s revenue base. B. Description of the Subproject

40. The subproject has been proposed by the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha to: (i) improve infrastructural facilities and help create durable assets and quality oriented services in the identified town area; (ii) provide potable water supply at the prescribed service level; (iii) reduce or eliminate dependence on water from springs; and (iv) introduce an effective water supply management system at the level of town area.

1. Project components

41. The main technical/geographical data of the system is summarized in Table 3.

Table 3: Summary of the Kolonna Water Supply Subproject Components Subproject Component Remarks

A. Water Intake

Water expected to be taken away from the source 1.04 m3/day

Water available at source even on dry season 3.12 m3/day

The height of the source above MSL 435 m

The height of the proposed reservoir above MSL 430 m

The distance from source to Reservoir 20 m

Length of supply main to the main road (Kadapola Junction) 1560 m

Length of supply main from Kadapola junction to end of the line at Kealla 6800 m

B. Water Treatment Plant

Capacity 100 cubic meter

Components 2 numbers of ferro cement tanks with 50 cubic meter capacity

C. Distribution Mains

Reservoir height above sea level 419

Length of supply main along Kolonna Kadapola 1560m

Length of supply main Kadapola to Kella Junction 6800m

Length of supply main from Kadapola to Pradeshiya Sabhas entrance 500m

Total length of distribution mains 8860m

m = meter, m3=

cubic meter, MSL = mean sea level

42. Water source. The raw water source was found on a stream emanating from Andimitikanada in the Pradeshiya Sabha area (06 deg 23‟ 51” N and 80 deg 40‟ 29” E) at an elevation of 435 meters above mean sea level). The water from this source could be expected to be devoid of the normal contaminants of surface water.

12

43. Intake Works. Intake works will be located near the source indicated above and is about 1610 mtrs from the main road passing through Kolonna town. The head works will comprise intake structure, intake pipe, rapid sand filter and reservoir, with chlorinator and associated appurtenances etc. 44. Raw Water Transmission. Raw water transmission from intake works, to the reservoir nearby is through, 160 millimeter (mm) diameter (dia) Type 600, UPVC pipe. The pipelines from reservoir to main road junction will be 225 mm dia type 600 and 1000 upvc pipes, and the distribution along the main road will be through 160 mm dia type 1000 and 110 mm dia type 1000 UPVC pipes, and will be laid underground and will follow the existing roads as shown on the pipe layout. From Kadapola to Pradeshiya Sabha office direction the pipe dia is 110 mm, type 1000 UPVC. 45. Water Reservoir and Water Treatment. Water reservoir and the treatment plant consisting of rapid sand filter and a chlorinator will be located close to the source in order to obtain the benefit of the elevation and the available land belonging to the Pradeshiya Sabha. The intake is from a weir built across the stream, and the excess water will be used for irrigation purposes of the land downstream. 46. Clear Water Transmission. The distribution system has been designed for considering the demand of the year 2026, and peak factor of 2.5 and a tail end pressure of 5 m of water column. As per the design, the system comprises of 8.81 km long distribution main from the reservoir to the Kolonna Town and adjoining 4 villages. All distribution pipes will be of UPVC except road and culvert crossings which will be of DI or GI. With regard to the material of pipes, the subproject proposes to use only PVC pipes for the distribution network.

2. Implementation Schedule

47. Detailed design will begin by end of February 2012 and is expected to be completed in June 2012. Implementation will be started from October 2012 and will be completed by May 2014. A total of 18 months construction period is being considered.

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

A. Physical Resources

48. Location. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha which is considered as the most under-developed Pradeshiya Sabha within the Ratnapura District is located 106 kilometers South East of Ratnapura Town. It comprises of 144 hamlets and 29 Grama Niladhari Divisions encompassing 86 villages. 49. The total area covered by the Pradeshiya Sabha is 372.3 square kilometers (km2) and has a population of 44,599. It has 29 Grama Niladhari divisions encompassing 86 villages. Connectivity with the major towns as such Embiliptiya, Rakwana, Madambe and Deniyaya, and the district capital Ratnapura is limited due to damaged, single lane B59 road. There is no any other connectivity or links with the “A” roads other than the B59. 50. Climate. The climate of the area is characterized by wet and intermediate climatic zones while some areas shows the arid climate. Average annual rainfall in the area is about 1722.33 mm. The average annual temperature is about 27 °C.

13

51. Topography, Soil and Geology. Kolonna is located within South Western lowland plain as identified based on the basis of climate, lithology, structure and elevation of the area. Geologically the area is made up of highly crystalline hard metamorphic basement rock of pre Cambrian era and the dominant rock types of the study area belong to the rocks of Highland complex. 52. The dominant soil type of the study area is comprised of reddish brown earth soil and reddish brown earth with moderate to high amount of gravel in sub soil and low humic gley soil. The elevation of Kolonna town is about 100-900 m above mean sea level and the Pradeshiya Sabha is located on a rolling, undulated terrain. Topography of the area includes complex mountain chains, massifs, terrain, parallel valleys, water bodies and natural habitat of both flora and fauna. 53. An agro ecological region represents a particular combination of the natural characteristic of climate, soil and relief (Panabokke, 1996). Hence the area belongs to DL1b agro ecological zone with >900 mm of 75% expectancy value of rainfall. 54. Surface water. The Western and Southern boundaries of the Pradeshiya Sabha are rich with plenty of water sources whereas lower area of Buluthota ranges and lowlands as Kella Alagalkanda, Habbeliara are lack of water resources. Rathambala Tank is the major source. Other than that, Maduwanwela Tank, Wekumbura Pahala Tank and Kattu Tank can be used as drinking water sources. Arupporuwa River originating from Sinharaja forest, Welewathuganaga and Hulanda Oya flow through Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha area (Table 4).

Table 4: Waterways in Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha Division Waterways

Buluthota Buluthota oya

Wijeriya Wijeriya ganga

Areporuwa Areporuwa ganga, Hena Ella

Pupulaketiya Makuluthota ganga, Keli kanda spring

Walakada Walakada oya

Nandanagama Dooli ella, Aralu ella

Kumburugamuwa Dedunu ella, Wawulpana Brakish water spring

Koppakanda Kethigana Dola, Panhena spring, Iththehena spring

B. Ecological Resources

55. The flora and fauna in the area resembles the characteristics of a lowland dry zone, intermediate zone and sometimes arid zone. The tributary stream network of the project area sustains a rich aquatic fauna. The surrounding area has been subjected to land fragmentation due to home gardens and agriculture use resulting in the depletion of the ground water table and ecological resources in the area. 56. Sinharaja Forest Reserve. Sinharaja Forest Reserve (6°21'-6°26'N, 80°21'-80°34'E) is a World Heritage Site situated in the south-west lowland wet zone of Sri Lanka, within Sabaragamuwa and Southern provinces. This is closer proximity to Kolonna. It is bounded on the north by the Napola Dola and Koskulana Ganga, on the south and south-west by the Maha Dola and Gin Ganga, on the west by the Kalukandawa Ela and Kudawa Ganga and on the east by an ancient footpath near Beverley Tea Estate and by the Denuwa Kanda. 57. It is of international significance and has been declared as a biosphere reserve in 1978 and world heritage site by UNESCO in 1988. The great diversity of species of Sinharaja forest makes it difficult to distinguish ecological patterns. However, some tree associations have been

14

recognized and these are the Dipterocarpus (Hora-Bu Hora) an association confined to the lower elevations along the Gin Ganga Valley and the Mesua-Doona (Shorea) association forms the matrix of the Sinharaja forest. 58. The vegetation of Sinharaja is that of humid wet evergreen forest type with a high degree of endemism. The total vegetation density, including trees, shrubs, herbs and seedlings has been estimated to be around 240,000 individuals per hectare, of which 95% comprise individuals of the ground layer below 1m in height. The density of trees, lianas above 30cm girth at breast height, ranges between 600-700 individuals/ha. Preliminary studies on the fauna of Sinharaja have revealed that there is a high degree of endemism among the butterflies, fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. C. Economic Development

1. Land Use Pattern

59. None of the area is declared as “built-up” within the Pradeshiya Sabha area. Residential land use accounts for nearly 27% whilst 46% of the area is being used for agricultural activities and 11,512 acres which accounts half of that is being used for paddy cultivation and Tea estates (Table 5). 60. The land use pattern reflects the relative inadequacy of land for various uses. Land under commercial and industrial use is relatively low, industrial activities are almost non-existent. The Pradeshiya Sabha also suffers from lack of recreational area. A key consideration that will guide future development within the Master plan area is the fact that about 20% of the Master plan area is under tea estates (Table 5).

Table 5: Land Ownership in Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha (in acres) Government Land

Land Reform Commission

Plantation Land

Temples land Private Land Forest Land Total

14,561 6,187 4,952 220 19,185 2,142 47,247

61. In view of the location of the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha in the Ratnapura District, Kolonna is well placed to attract large attention for its economic development, mainly in the agricultural sector and in eco tourism due to the prevailing economic climate in the region. Kolonna is therefore gradually tending to become emerging commercial centre. Anyhow, in the current contest, the area lacks in economic growth because of scarcity of basic infrastructure facilities, poor connectivity with the other major towns of the region. Consequently the Pradeshiya Sabha is now gradually tending to take its place as an important economic center for tourism which is yet to be developed to its full potential. 62. Currently the economy of the Pradeshiya Sabha is dependent on agriculture, including paddy, tea, cinnamon, pepper and cloves (Table 6). Small scale cottage industries in the area include timber mills, paddy mills, clay products, black smiths and foundries and a few tea industries (Table 7).

Table 6: Land Use Pattern of Agricultural Products Land Use Area in Acre

Tea 9,245

Cinnamon 3,872

Pepper 2,740

Clove 219

15

Land Use Area in Acre

Paddy 2,267

Citrus 329

Home garden 1,896

Coconut 1,589

Forrest 1,949

Water bodies 115

Reserve 1,812

Barren 3,872

Others 3,046

Unused 1,334

Total 34,285

Table 7: Industries Functioning in the Pradeshiya Sabha Area Industries Number

Timber Mills 178

Tea industries 4

Crushers 2

Brick industry 19

Cement Products 25

Clay Products 32

Black smith 13

Welding 23

Coir industry 11

2. Tourism Potential of the Area

63. There is a well-established tourism industry in Ratnapura district. Sinharaja Forest Reserve, Udawalawe National Park, Kitulgala, and Adam's Peak are especially popular among tourists. However, the prosperity of tourism does not endorse the tourism development in the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha, even though there are several tourism attractions. The main reason for this is the poor transport and other infrastructure facility of the Pradeshiya Sabha area and the limited road connectivity to the main tourist attractions such as Embilipitya, Rakwana and Ratnapura. 64. The estimated tourist inflow per month of about 5000-7000 visit Maduwanwela Walawwa and Wavulpane limestone cave while 400 – 600 number of foreign tourists visit Wavulpane limestone cave every month. However, there is a significant potential for the development of nature (Eco) tourism in this area by creating awareness among locals and foreign tourists. Other important locations are Sinharaja rain forest, Gongala mountain range and natural water falls adjoining the area. Places having historical and religious value are: Omalpe Purana Tampita vihara is one of such important religious place. The paintings in this Vihara belong to the Kandyan era. 65. The Maduwanwela Walawuwa was built by the Maduwanwela maha Mohottala in 1700. It was a big walawuwa with 121 rooms and court hall with 03 security walls during the 1877 to 1905 period. Its Architectural value as well as the building Technology is the major reasons for the tourist attraction. Now this site is under the Archeological department. 66. Wawulapane lime Cave has a five hundred million years history. Basically it is a lime stone cave. There is a high fluoride water stream close to this cave. This stream identify for reason to generate Lime in the Wawulpane cave. This cave and surrounding has an Archeological, Biological and ecological value. This cave is very good house for the bats. Huge numbers of bats are living inside the cave. This is the reason to generate this name for this

16

cave. 67. Dooli Ella is a one of beautiful waterfall in the Kolonna area. Dooli Alla is located 1.25 km from the Maduwanwela Walawuwa entrance. A. Social and Cultural Resources

1. Demographic Characteristics

68. Population. The total population of the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha is 52,263 in 2009 comprises of 26,179 males and 26,084 females. The population growth pattern from 2004 is depicted in the following table (Table 8).

Table 8: Population – Gender Wise – 2006-2009 Year 2006 2007 2008 2009

Total Population 50,571 50,825 51,683 52,263

Male 25,322 25,499 25,993 26,179

Female 25,249 25,326 25,690 26,084

69. Ethnic composition of Kolonna being Sinhalese, Tamil, and Muslim and the religions professed being Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Roman Catholicism and other Christian denominations. The Sinhalese are the majority with a total population of 47, 488 which is around 90% of the total population. 89% of the population is Buddhist in religion with a population of 46,761 where 4,773 Hindus, 727 Christians and two Muslims are being the minorities. 70. Table 9 depicts the population distribution of the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha among the age group. This reveals more than 50% of the total population is between 18 and 55 years, which is the potential workers age group. The dependency ratio in the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha area is around 1:1.

Table 9: Population by Age Group

Age Group Female Male Total

Less than 5 year 2,105 2,031 4,136

Completed 5 years 591 650 1,241

Between 5 and 15 3,761 3,564 7,325

completed 15 years 974 963 1,937

Between 15 and 18 years 2,312 2,036 4,348

Completed 18 years 940 1,018 1,958

Between 18 and 35 years 6,318 6,375 12,693

Between 35 and 55 years 5,780 5,753 11,533

Between 55 and 80 years 2,953 3,180 6,133

More than 80 445 514 959

Total 26,179 26,084 52,263

2. Social and Cultural Resources

71. Livelihoods of the community were badly affected as a result of the deterioration of the infrastructure, irrigation systems and roads. Security precautions on movement and economic activity have weakened the delivery of essential services hampering income generating activities especially for the poor householders in the area. The primary economic activity in the area is farming. However, poverty reduction was hampered due to a combination of factors including transport difficulties and slowdown in agricultural growth. It is also a fact that this impact is more severe in the case of poor.

17

72. As discussed in the section on Demographic Characteristics almost 75% of the population is above 16 years of age.

3. Availability of Educational Services

73. There are 31 schools including one central school within the Pradeshiya Sabha area. Average student to teacher ratio is 14 is to 1.

4. Access to Health Facilities

Even though there is a District Hospital in Kolonna and two rural hospitals in Sooriyakantha and Omalpe which provide health facilities to the public of the Pradeshiya Sabha area, it is inadequate for the rising need of the health services of the area.

5. Physical Infrastructure

74. The physical infrastructure facilities composed of roads, buildings and other structures such as bridges; drains; transport (road networks); water and sanitation; transport; energy; housing development; and etc. is commonly in a lacking condition in the Kolonna area.

6. Water Supply Services

75. The Pradeshiya Sabha provides water supply facilities to 110 households and other business premises, from the Mahadola Natural Stream. The water is not treated, except for chlorination and it is under the supervision of MOH – Kolonna. During the dry season, the water from the same source is being used for the irrigation purposes; the Pradeshiya Sabha is facing severe issue in catering the demand in the dry seasons. To overcome this issue, the Pradeshiya Sabha supplies water from a well at Kalla using water bowsers. Further the Pradeshiya Sabha maintains 152 tube wells within the area. And about 30 of those are not functioing. 76. The low lying areas in the Pradeshiya Sabha face severe safe drinking water issues. Access to safe water and sanitation are two areas that typically improve health outcomes. As shown in the following tables the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha has performed better than other Local Authorities in the region (Table 10). It can be seen that 81% of households have access to safe drinking water.

Table 10: Safe Drinking Water Facilities Type of Water

supply tab

water Built wells

Dug wells

Tubewell

Commonwell

Stream water

Total

No. of Households 7,663 1,707 1,214 597 866 985 13,024

Table 11: Safe Sanitation Facilities

Households with Water Sealed

Toilets Households with Pit toilets Households with No toilets Total

9,751 2,741 507 12,999

77. In the case of sanitation, it is reported that about 75% of the households have access to water seal latrines while the national figure for having safe sanitation facilities is about 87% (Table 11). More needs to be done to convince the poor households, to boil water properly to make it safe for drinking, and to improve access to piped drinking water, closed wells and toilets with a view to reducing the incidence of gastro intestinal diseases.

18

7. Access to Power

78. The electricity supply to the Pradeshiya Sabha is currently inadequate. Under Jathikasaviya and Gamaneguma Projects, 10 GN divisions are identified to supply power. Further 22 mini hydro power plants are in operation within the Pradeshiya Sabha area to cater the need for power.

V. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

79. Asian Development Bank‟s SPS (2009) require that impacts and risks will be analyzed during pre-construction, construction, and operational stages in the context of the subproject‟s area of influence. As defined previously, the primary impact areas are (i) the sites for intake well, WTP, and distribution mains alignments; (ii) main routes/intersections which will be traversed by construction vehicles; and (iii) quarries and borrow pits as sources of construction materials. The secondary impact areas are: (i) entire Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha outside of the delineated primary impact area; and (ii) entire local authority in terms of over-all environmental improvement. 80. The Asian Development Bank (ADB) Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist for Water Supply was prepared during preparation of Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) to screen the subproject for environmental impacts and categorization of the project. All the proposed subproject components will interact physically with the environment. 81. In the case of this subproject (i) most of the individual elements are relatively small and involve straightforward construction and operation, so impacts will be mainly localized and insignificant; (ii) most of the predicted impacts are associated with the construction process, and are produced because that process is invasive, involving excavation, obstruction at specific construction locations, and earth movements; and (iii) being located mainly in the built-up area of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha, will not cause direct impact on terrestrial biodiversity values. The subproject will be in properties held by the local government and access to the subproject area is thru public right of ways (ROWs) and existing roads hence, land acquisition and encroachment on private property will not occur. A. Pre Construction – Design Phase Impacts

82. Utilities. Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, water and sewer lines within the existing right-of-way may be damaged. The mitigate the adverse impacts due to relocation of the utilities, the SPCU and Design and Supevision Consultants (DSC) will:

(i) Identify and include locations and operators of these utilities in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction phase; and

(ii) Require construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

83. Water Supply. A different but no less significant impact is the effect on people and communities if existing water supplies are closed down for extended periods when work is conducted on the intake. This will be inconvenient in the short term, and there could be health risks if the water supply was unavailable for several successive days or longer. It will therefore be important to take the necessary measures to avoid such a situation. This will require SPCU to:

19

(i) Plan the construction program to keep the cessation of water supplies to the minimum possible (in both area and duration);

(ii) In coordination with Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha, provide alternative potable water to affected households and businesses for the duration of the shut-down; and

(iii) Liaise with affected persons to inform them of any cessation in advance, and to ensure that they are provided with an alternative supply.

84. Social and Cultural Resources. Only a number of temples and other religious sites are located in Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha. There are no declared or recorded archaeological reserves thus there is no risk that work involving ground disturbance can uncover and damage archaeological and historical remains. Nevertheless during preparation of detailed design and implementation of the project, the SPCU/DSC will:

(i) Consult Department of Archaeology to obtain an expert assessment of the archaeological potential of the site;

(ii) Consider alternatives if the site is found to be of medium or high risk; (iii) Include the archaeological, cultural and historical authorities, and interest groups

in consultation forums as project stakeholders so that their expertise can be made available; and

(iv) Develop a protocol for use by the construction contractors in conducting any excavation work, to ensure that any chance finds are recognized and measures are taken to ensure they are protected and conserved.

85. Site selection of construction work camps, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas. Priority is to locate these near the subproject area. However, if it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, sites to be considered will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, irrigation, and drinking water supply systems. Residential areas will not be considered to protect the human environment (i.e., to curb accident risks health risks due to air and water pollution; dust; noise; to prevent social conflicts, shortages of amenities; and crime). Extreme care will be taken to avoid disposals near the sensitive area like the buffer zone of the Sinharaja Forest Reserve. All locations will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings. For disposal of construction waste particularly in case of generated waste SPCU/DSC needs permission from the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha. The SPCU/DSC will:

(i) Prioritize areas within or nearest possible vacant space in the subproject sites; (ii) If it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, consider sites that will not promote

instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and drinking water supply systems;

(iii) Do not consider residential areas; (iv) Take extreme care in selecting sites to avoid direct disposal to water bodies or in

areas which will inconvenience the community; and (v) Avoid setting up of labor camp near the river (restricted forest protected area).

86. Site selection of sources of materials. Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, ponding and water logging, and water pollution. To mitigate the potential environmental impacts, locations of quarry site/s, borrow pit/s (for loose material other than stones) will be included in the design specifications and on plan drawings. Priority of sites will be investigated in detail project stage. If other sites are necessary, these will be located away from

20

population centers; drinking water intakes and streams; cultivable lands; natural drainage systems; and in structurally stable areas even if some distance from construction activities. It will be the construction contractor‟s responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha. If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, then the construction contractor shall use the mentioned criteria to select new quarry sites, with written approval of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha. The SPCU/DSC will:

(i) Prioritize sites already permitted by the government; (ii) If other sites are necessary, inform construction contractor that it is their

responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of SPCU; and

(iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, inform construction contractor to obtain a written approval from project management unit (PMU).

B. Construction Phase Impacts

1. Screening of No Significant Impacts

87. The construction work is expected not to cause major negative impacts, mainly because:

(i) Most of the activities, except for the water intake,5 will be on developed areas of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha thus could be constructed without causing impacts to biodiversity;

(ii) Overall construction program will be relatively short and is expected to be completed in 12 months with activities to conducted by small teams working on short lengths at a time so most impacts will be localized and short in duration; and

(iii) Most of the predicted impacts associated with the construction process are produced because the process is invasive, such as involving earth-moving and excavation. However the routine nature of the impacts means that most can be easily mitigated and the impacts are clearly a result of the construction process rather than the design or location, as impacts will not occur if excavation or other ground disturbance is not involved.

88. As a result, there are several aspects of the environment which are not expected to be affected by the construction process and these can be screened out of the assessment at this stage as required by ADB procedure. These are shown in Table 12. These environmental factors are screened out presently but will be assessed again during detailed design and starting of the construction activities.

5 During the field visits to the proposed site water intake location in June 2011, small diameter pipes were noted.

These pipes were placed by local communities to convey water from the source to the users as part of privately-

owned water supply schemes.

21

Table 12: Fields in which Construction is Not Expected to Have Significant Impacts

Field Rationale

Topography, Drainage, and Natural

Hazards

Activities are not large enough to affect these features.

Geology, Geomorphology, Mineral

Resources, and Soils

Activities are not large enough to affect these features. No mineral

resources in the subproject sites.

Climate Activities are not large enough to affect this feature.

Air Quality Short-term production of dust is the only effect on atmosphere

Geohydrology and Groundwater Activities will not be large enough to affect these features. Ground water

will not be utilized as new water source

Terrestrial and Aquatic Flora No rare or endangered species in the subproject sites.

Terrestrial and Aquatic Fauna No rare or endangered species in the subproject sites.

Land Use No change in major land use.

Socio-economic Subproject site is located on ROWs and donated land6

Commerce, Industry, and Agriculture Activities are not large enough to affect these features

Population Activities are not large enough to affect this feature.

Health and education facilities Activities are not large enough to affect this feature.

Historical, Archaeological,

Paleontological, or Architectural sites

No scheduled historical, archaeological, paleontological, or architectural

sites at the subproject influence area

2. Construction method

89. Construction of the intake. The intake will require a footprint of 7.6 square meters and details will be finalized during detailed design. The intake will be construction of a mass concrete weir across the stream and taking out the required water along a 160mm dia polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe to a length of about 50 m up to the sand filter of the treatment facility and thereafter to the reinforced concrete cement (RCC) storage tank through 160 mm PVC to a length of about 20 m. The balance water will flow over the weir to continue the flow along the stream. Foundation depths for the weir and storage tank will be around 0.5 m to be decided at detail design stage. Construction of rubble packing in the upstream of the weir will be done to filter the trash in water. 90. The cavity for the intake foundations will be excavated manually, with some rocks needed to be removed to accommodate the weir and reinforcement. Construction will be done by section to avoid disturbance to downstream users. Required aggregates, concrete, and other materials will be delivered manually only when these are needed. No storage of materials will be allowed on-site. Sections of reinforcing will then be encased in wooden shuttering and concrete will be poured in, and this process will be repeated to gradually create each structure from reinforce cement concrete. Surfaces will be smoothed and finished where necessary by hand.

6 A Resettlement Plan has been developed for the subproject in accordance with ADB SPS, 2009 and Sri Lanka‟s

policy on land donation.

22

91. Construction of the WTP. Rapid sand filter will consist of 2 ferro-cement circular tanks of capacity 50 cubic meters each. Chlorination will be done at a point just prior to the storage tank. Bleaching powder in 50 kg barrels required for about one month will be stored in a chlorine chamber built along and adjacent to the storage tank. 92. Works will involve excavation and earth-moving, mostly those involved in common and simple construction works. Materials will be brought in on small vehicles/trucks and offloaded manually. Excavation, if necessary will be by small equipment and supplemented by manual digging. Any spoils generated will be used for other beneficial uses as approved by Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha and any excess will be loaded into vehicles/trucks for disposal. 93. Construction of distribution network. Treated water from the storage tank will be distributed through the main 225 mm dia type 1000 PVC pipeline up to Kolonna town. Distribution mains will be buried in trenches adjacent to roads un-used ROWs. In some areas occupied by drains or edges of shops and houses, trenches may be dug into the edge of the road to avoid damage to utilities and properties. This line would be along a Pradeshiya Sabha gravel footpath, where only an occasional three-wheeler would use. The sequence of laying of pipes would be done with consultation with the road users and Pradeshiya Sabha so as to minimize any inconvenience to them. Trenches will be dug manually. Excavated soil will be placed alongside, and the pipes (brought to site by small vehicles/trucks and stored on unused land nearby) will be placed in the trench by hand. Pipes will be joined by hand, after which sand from local quarries will be shoveled into the trench beneath and around the pipe for support and protection. Soil will then be replaced manually on top of the pipe and compacted by a vibrating compressor. Where trenches are dug into an existing roadway, the bitumen or concrete surface will be broken by hand-held pneumatic drills, after which the trench will be excavated by backhoe, and the appropriate surface will be reapplied on completion. 94. Pipes are normally covered by 0.5 m of soil, and a clearance of 100 mm is left between the pipe and each side of the trench to allow backfilling. Trenches will be smaller for the distribution main (minimum of 0.5 m deep and 0.4 m wide). 95. At Kolonna town the 225 mm dia pipe will be reduced to 160 mm and 110 mm dia PVC pipes for domestic distribution along the gravel shoulders of B class roads of Road Development Authority (RDA). As the pipes would be laid along one of the gravel shoulders, there would be minimal obstruction to the traffic. Laying of pipes and its methodology and sequence, along the shoulders of these roads and would be done as per requirements of and in coordination with RDA.

3. Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures

96. Although construction of the subproject components involves quite simple techniques, the invasive nature of excavation, and in this case the relatively large size and length of the pipes, means that there will be quite a lot of physical disturbance in the built-up areas of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha where there are a variety of human activities. 97. Physical impacts will be reduced by the method of working, whereby the trenches will be (i) constructed by small teams working on short lengths at a time; (ii) refilled and compacted after pipes are installed; and (iii) if trenching done on roads, repaired to pre-construction conditions. 98. Sources of Materials. Significant amount of gravel, sand, and cement will be required

23

for this subproject. Approximately 50 cubic meter (m3) of sand, 100 m3 of aggregate, and 20 metric tons of cement will be brought to site during construction. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Use quarry sites and sources permitted by government; (ii) Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of SPCU; (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction has started, obtain written

approval from SPCU; and (iv) Submit to DSC on a monthly basis documentation of sources of materials.

99. Air Quality. Fugitive emissions from stored materials and vehicular emissions will induce impacts on the air quality in the construction sites. Anticipated impacts include dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons) but temporary and during construction activities only. To mitigate the impacts, construction contractors will be required to:

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials;

(ii) Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather;

(iii) Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks; and

(iv) Fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices which are operating correctly.

100. Surface Water Quality. Construction activities on the intake can result to mobilization of settled silt materials, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants used during construction works. Run-off from the WTP site and distribution mains alignment during construction may drain to small channels leading to surface waters. These potential impacts are temporary and short-term duration only and to ensure these are mitigated, construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Prohibit stockpiling of materials in the intake location unless necessary; (ii) Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless

covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils

will be disposed, consult with SPCU/DSC on designated disposal areas; (iv) Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to

the water bodies; (v) Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to

water bodies; (vi) Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites; and (vii) Conduct surface quality inspection according to the Environmental Management

Plan (EMP).

101. Noise levels. There are no infrastructure present in the intake location, a number of houses were noted in the vicinity of the WTP and the distribution main alignment, being located in the developed area of the Pradeshiya Sabha will be adjacent to health facilities, religious sites, schools, residences, and small-scale businesses. The sensitive receptors are the general population in these areas. Increase in noise level may be caused by earth-moving and excavation works, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people. Impact is

24

negative, short-term, and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Plan activities in consultation with SPCU/DSC so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance;

(ii) Require horns not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle‟s approach;

(iii) Minimize noise from construction equipment by using vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise-reducing mufflers, and portable street barriers the sound impact to surrounding sensitive receptor; and

(iv) Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dbA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s.

102. Existing Infrastructure and Facilities. Excavation works can damage existing infrastructure located alongside roads, in particular water supply pipes and electricity poles. It is therefore important that construction contractors will be required to:

(i) Obtain from SPCU and/or DSC the list of affected utilities and operators; and (ii) Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional

interruption of services.

103. Ecological Resources – Terrestrial. Vegetation clearing and tree-cutting will affect terrestrial ecological balance. The potential impacts are temporary and short-term duration only and to ensure these are mitigated, construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees; (ii) If tree-removal will be required, obtain tree-cutting permit from the Forest

Department; and (iii) Plant two (2) native trees for every one (1) that is removed.

104. Landscape and Aesthetics. The construction works will produce 100 m3 of excess excavated soils, excess construction materials, and solid waste such as removed concrete, wood, trees and plants, packaging materials, empty containers, spoils, oils, lubricants, and other similar items. These impacts are negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Prepare and implement waste management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils; (iii) Coordinate with Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha for beneficial uses of excess

excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas; (iv) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites; (v) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (vi) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; (vii) Not to dispose any waste material in river body; and (viii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental

restorations work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

25

105. Surface and Groundwater Quality. Another physical impact that is often associated with excavation is the effect on drainage and the local water table if groundwater and surface water collect in the voids. To ensure that water will not pond in pits and voids near subproject sites, the construction contractor will be required to conduct excavation works on non-monsoon season to the extent possible. 106. Accessibility. Hauling of construction materials and operation of equipment on-site can cause traffic problems and conflicts in ROW. Potential impact is negative but short term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Prepare and implement a traffic management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Plan transportation routes so that delivery vehicles do not use narrow roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites;

(iii) Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours; (iv) Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic

congestion; (v) Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions; (vi) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner; (vii) Coordinate with local traffic police department for temporary road diversions and

with for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours; and

(viii) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

107. Socio-Economic – Income. The subproject components will be located on government lands and ROWs, so there will be no need to acquire land, and thus there will be no impacts on the asset or landowners or tenants. However construction works will impede the access of residents and customers to nearby shops. The potential impacts are negative and moderate but short-term and temporary. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil; (ii) Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across

trenches for people and vehicles; (iii) Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship,

business establishment, hospitals, and schools; (iv) Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this

in work schedules; and (v) Provide sign boards for pedestrians to inform nature and duration of construction

works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

108. Socio-Economic Employment. Manpower will be required during the 36 months construction stage. This can result to generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue. Thus potential impact is positive and long-term. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Employ at least 50% of the labour force, or to the maximum extent, local persons within the 2-km immediate area if manpower is available; and

(ii) Secure construction materials from local market.

109. Occupational Health and Safety. Workers need to be mindful of the occupational

26

hazards which can arise from working in trenches and excavation works. Potential impacts are negative and long-term but reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Develop and implement site-specific Health and Safety plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use personal protective equipment (PPE); (c) health and safety Training7 for all site personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents;

(ii) Ensure that qualified first-aid can be provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site;

(iii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; (v) Provide supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or

noxious substances; (vii) Provide health and safety orientation training to all new workers to ensure that

they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

(viii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;

(ix) Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas;

(x) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical

devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

(xii) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

110. Community Health and Safety. Hazards posed to the public, specifically in high-pedestrian areas may include traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians. Potential impact is negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities; (ii) Liaise with SPCU/DSC in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps; (iii) Maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to

7

Some of the key areas that may be covered during training as they relate to the primary causes of accidents

include (i) slips, trips and falls; (ii) personal protective equipment; (iii) ergonomics, repetitive motion, and manual

handling; (iv) workplace transport; and (v) legislation and responsibilities. Training can provide the foundations of

competence but it does not necessarily result in a competent worker. Therefore, it is essential to assess staff

competence to ensure that the training provided is relevant and effective. Supervision and monitoring

arrangements shall be in place to ensure that training has been effective and the worker is competent at their job.

The level of supervision and monitoring required is a management decision that shall be based on the risks

associated with the job, the level of competence required, the experience of the individual and whether the worker

works as part of a team or is a lone worker.

27

minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure; and

(iv) Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

111. Work Camps. Operation of work camps can cause temporary air and noise pollution from machine operation, water pollution from storage and use of fuels, oils, solvents, and lubricants. Potential impacts are negative but short-term and reversible by mitigation measures. The construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants;

(ii) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees unless approved by the Forest Department ;

(iii) Provide water and sanitation facilities for employees; (iv) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood; (v) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can potentially

cause soil contamination; (vi) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (vii) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (viii) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and (ix) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the camp has been vacated and

restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.

112. Social and Cultural Resources. For this subproject, excavation will occur in and around existing ROWs, so it could be that there is a low risk of work uncovering and damaging archaeological and historical remains. Nevertheless, the construction contractor will be required to:

(i) Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work; (ii) Request SPCU/DSC or any authorized person with archaeological field training

to observe excavation; (iii) Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected;

and (iv) Inform SPCU/DSC if a find is suspected, and take any action they require

ensuring its removal or protection in situ.

C. Operation and Maintenance

1. Screening out areas of no significant impact

113. Because a water supply system shall operate without the need for major repair and maintenance (see below), there are several environmental sectors which shall be unaffected once the system begins to function. These are identified in Table 13 below, with an explanation of the reasoning in each case. These factors are thus screened out of the impact assessment and will not be mentioned further.

28

Table 13: Fields in which Operation and Maintenance of the Completed Water Supply System is Not Expected to have Significant Impacts

Field Rationale

Climate Extraction and use of water from river will not affect climate

Coastal resources Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha is not located in a coastal area.

Industries The water supplied by the new system will not be for industrial use

2. Operation and Maintenance of the Improved Water Supply System

114. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) of the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha water supply system will be the responsibility of Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha after augmentation of the water supply scheme. A small number of people will be employed to operate and maintain the water treatment plant (WTP), intake, and distribution network. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha will employ local contractors to conduct network repairs, and contractors shall be required to operate the same kinds of health and safety procedures as used in the construction phase to protect workers and the public. 115. The system have a design life of 30 years, during which shall not require major repairs or refurbishments and shall operate with little maintenance beyond routine actions required to keep the pumps and other equipment in working order. The stability and integrity of the system will be monitored periodically to detect any problems and allow remedial action if required. Any repairs will be small-scale involving manual, temporary, and short-term works involving regular checking and recording of performance for signs of deterioration, servicing and replacement of parts. 116. The main requirement for maintenance of the distribution system will be for the detection and repair of leaks. The topography and the usage of good quality PVC shall mean that pipeline breaks are very rare, and that leaks are mainly limited to joints between pipes.

3. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

117. General. If trenches are will be dug to locate and repair leaks or remove and replace lengths of pipe or illegal connections, the work will follow the same procedures during the construction stage. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha needs to require its O&M contractor to:

(i) Refill and re-compact trenches soil and backfilled sand will be removed to expose the leaking junction or pipe;

(ii) Conduct work during non-monsoon period; and (iii) Cover or wet excavated material to prevent dusts.

118. Sludge Handling. The WTP will only involve pre-settling and chloriniation thus there is no expected production of sludge. The settled materials to be recovered from the pre-settler will be of the same materials and quality as found in the intake. The settled materials can be disposed of in Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha’s approved disposal site without any further treatment.

119. Wastewater. Wastewater from the WTP may include filter backwash. These waste tream may contain suspended solids, dissolved solids, and organics from the raw water. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha needs to require its O&M contractor to:

(i) Land application of wastes with high dissolved solids concentrations is generally preferred over discharge to surface water subject to further evaluation by the

29

DSC of the potential impact on soil, groundwater, and surface water resulting from such application;

(ii) Recycle filter backwash into the process if possible; and (iii) Treat and dispose of reject streams, consistent with SLSI requirements.

120. Hazardous Chemicals. Water treatment may involve the use of chemicals for disinfection and water conditioning. For the WTP, combination of solid and liquid chlorine will be used in the chlorinators. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha needs to require its O&M contractor to:

(i) Store chlorine in cool, dry, and dark conditions for not more than one month, and use equipment constructed of corrosion-resistant materials;

(ii) Minimize the amount of chlorination chemicals stored on site while maintaining a sufficient inventory to cover intermittent disruptions in supply;

(iii) Develop and implement a prevention program that includes identification of potential hazards, written operating procedures, training, maintenance, and accident investigation procedures; and

(iv) Develop and implement a plan for responding to accidental releases.

121. Air Emissions. Air emissions from water treatment operations may include gaseous or volatile chemicals used for disinfection processes (e.g., chlorine). Measures related to hazardous chemicals discussed above will mitigate risks of chlorine release. 122. Economic Development. Although network repairs could result in shops losing some business if the work means that access is difficult for customers, any losses will be small and short-lived and will probably be at the level of normal business fluctuations. It shall therefore not be necessary to compensate for such losses. Nevertheless Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha needs to require its O&M contractor to:

(i) Inform all residents and businesses about the nature and duration of any work well in advance so that they can make preparations if necessary;

(ii) Conduct these works to provide wooden walkways across trenches for pedestrians and metal sheets where vehicle access is required; and

(iii) Consult the local police regarding any such work so that it can be planned to avoid traffic disruption as far as possible, and road diversions can be organized if necessary.

123. The provision of an improved and expanded water supply system is not expected to have direct economic benefits for business or industry, as connections will only be provided to domestic users. However businesses will almost certainly benefit from the expected improvement in the health and well-being of their workforce as this shall result in fewer days lost through illness, and overall increased productivity. 124. Social and Cultural Resources. There is no risk of discovering material of historical or archaeological importance as all work will be conducted in trenches that have already been disturbed when the infrastructure was installed. However, repair works could cause some temporary disruption of activities at locations of social and cultural importance such as schools, hospitals, temples, etc. so the same precautions as employed during the construction period shall be adopted. Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha needs to require its O&M contractor to:

(i) Complete work in these areas quickly; (ii) Provide wooden bridges for pedestrians and metal sheets for vehicles to allow

30

access across open trenches where required; and (iii) Consult local authority, custodians of important buildings, and local communities

in advance of the work to identify and address key issues, and avoid working at sensitive times, such as religious and cultural festivals.

125. The citizens of the Pradeshiya Sabha will be the major beneficiaries of the improved water supply, as they will be provided with a constant supply of better quality water, piped into their homes. In addition to improved environmental conditions, the subproject will improve the over-all health condition of the Pradeshiya Sabha as diseases of poor sanitation (such as diarrhoea and dysentery) will be reduced.

VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION

A. Public Consultation and Information Disclosure

126. Meaningful stakeholder consultation and participation is part of the project preparation and implementation strategy. A Consultation and Participation (C&P) program has been prepared for the Project and will be implemented with the assistance of Consultants. By addressing stakeholder needs, there is greater awareness of the benefits, and „ownership‟ of the Project among stakeholders, which in turn contributes to project sustainability. The consultation process so far has solicited inputs from a wide range of stakeholders, including state- and ULB-level government officials, non-government organizations (NGOs), elected representatives, residents of project cities, marginalized/vulnerable beneficiary groups, and project affected persons. 127. Consultation, participation and disclosure will ensure that information is provided and feedback on proposed subproject design is sought early, right from the project preparation phase, so that the views/preferences of stakeholders including potential beneficiaries and affected people can be adequately considered in project design, and continue at each stage of project preparation, processing, and implementation. Affected persons will be consulted at various stages in the project cycle to ensure: (i) incorporation of views/concerns of affected persons on compensation/resettlement assistance and environmental impacts and mitigation measures; (ii) inclusion of vulnerable in project benefits; (iii) identification of help required by affected persons during rehabilitation, if any; and (iv) avoidance of potential conflicts/smooth project implementation. It will also provide adequate opportunities for consultation/participation to all stakeholders and inclusion of the poor/vulnerable/marginalized and project-affected persons in the project process. Relevant information about any major changes to project scope shall be shared with beneficiaries, affected persons, vulnerable groups, and other stakeholders. 128. Consultations were also made with the officers of the Pradeshiya Sabha. These meetings and visits helped in the collection of relevant information according to the environmental impact assessment (EIA) regulations on environmental assessment. All the information relevant to the subproject including project outline, existing situation, project location, relevant maps, type of works, required approvals, cost estimates, drainage plan, activities during and after the development work, the labour force etc, were collected. Records of public consultations conducted in Kolonna March 2011 are attached as Appendix 3. B. Information Disclosure

129. Information has been disclosed through public consultations. The following documents will be submitted to Asian Development Bank (ADB) for disclosure on its website:

31

(i) final initial environmental examination (IEE); (ii) a new or updated IEE and corrective action plan prepared during project

implementation, if any; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports.

130. The executing agency will also make the IEE and environmental management plan (EMP) available, in an accessible place and in a form and language(s) understandable to affected people and other stakeholders. For illiterate people, other suitable communication methods will be used. 131. For this subproject, the project management unit (PMU) in close coordination with the SPCU and assistance from the PMC and DSC will conduct the following:

(i) Consultation during detailed design: (a) Focus-group discussions with affected persons and other stakeholders

(including women‟s groups, non-government organizations (NGOs), and community-based organizations) to hear their views and concerns, so that these can be addressed in subproject design where necessary; and

(b) Structured consultation meetings with the institutional stakeholders (government bodies and NGOs) to discuss and approve key aspects of the project.

(ii) Consultation during construction: (a) Public meetings with affected communities to discuss and plan work

programs and allow issues to be raised and addressed once construction has started; and

(b) Smaller-scale meetings to discuss and plan construction work with individual communities to reduce disturbance and other impacts, and provide a mechanism through which stakeholders can participate in subproject monitoring and evaluation;

(iii) Project disclosure: (a) Public information campaigns (via newspaper, TV and radio) to explain

the project to the wider town population and prepare them for disruption they may experience once the construction program is underway;

(b) Public disclosure meetings at key project stages to inform the public of progress and future plans, and to provide copies of summary documents in Hindi; and

(c) Formal disclosure of completed project reports by making copies available at convenient locations in the study towns, informing the public of their availability, and providing a mechanism through which comments can be made.

VII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

132. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate and facilitate the resolution of affected persons concerns, complaints and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the Project. The GRM will aim to provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns linked to the project. The grievance redress mechanism and procedure is depicted in Figure 1 below. The project-specific GRM is not intended to bypass the government‟s own redress process; rather it is intended to address affected people's concerns and complaints promptly, making it readily accessible to all segments of the affected people and

32

is scaled to the risks and impacts of the project. 133. The PMU and SPCUs will make the public aware of the GRM through public awareness campaigns. Grievances can be filed in writing using the Complaint Register and Complaint Forms (Appendix 4) or by phone with any member of the PMU or SPCU. The contact phone number of the respective SPCUs and the PMU will serve as a hotline for complaints and will be publicized through the media and placed on notice boards outside their offices and at construction sites. The safeguard documents made available to the public in an accessible version will include information on the GRM and will be widely disseminated throughout the corridor by the safeguards officers in the PMU and SPCUs. 134. First tier of GRM. The SPCU is the first tier of GRM which offers the fastest and most accessible mechanism for resolution of grievances. The Safeguards Manager – Social and Gender in the SPCU will be designated as the key officer for grievance redress. Resolution of complaints will be done within seven working (7) days. Investigation of grievances will involve site visits and consultations with relevant parties (e.g., affected persons, contractors, traffic police, etc.). Grievances will be documented and personal details (name, address, date of complaint, etc.) will be included unless anonymity is requested. A tracking number will be assigned for each grievance, including the following elements:

(i) Complaint Register and Complaint Forms (including the description of the

grievance) with an acknowledgement of receipt given to the complainant when the complaint is registered;

(ii) Grievance monitoring sheet with actions taken (investigation, corrective measures); and

(iii) Closure sheet, one copy of which will be handed to the complainant after he/she has agreed to the resolution and signed-off.

135. The updated register of grievances and complaints will be available to the public at the SPCU office, construction sites, and other key public offices. Should the grievance remain unresolved it will be escalated to the second tier. 136. Second Tier of GRM. The SPCU Engineer in consultation with Social Safeguards and Gender Specialist of PMU will activate the second tier of GRM by referring the unresolved issue (with written documentation) to the PMU, who will pass unresolved complaints to the Grievance Redress Committee (GRC).8 The GRC will be established by the PMU before commencement of site works. A hearing will be called with the GRC, if necessary, where the affected person can

8 The GRC will consist of the following persons: (i) Additional Divisional Secretary or Assistant Divisional Secretary

depending on the Divisional Secretariats Management Structure; (ii) Secretary of the local authority (Pradeshiya

Sabhas) or similar senior officer from the Pradeshiya Sabhas to be named by the Pradeshiya Sabha chairman or

by the Mayor; (iii) Samatha Mandala chairman of the location of the complainant; (iv) high ranking representative

from a Operational NGO of the Pradeshiya Sabhas area, to be nominated by the Pradeshiya Sabha

chairman/Mayor; (v) member from the clergy of the Pradeshiya Sabhas area; and (vi) whenever possible,

representatives of the contractor, representative of the engineer, Grama Niladhari of the location of complainant,

representative of Chief Valuer, and other expert or any person depending on the nature of the complaint. The

functions of the local GRC are as follows: (i) resolve problems quickly and provide support to affected persons

arising from various environmental issues and including dust, noise, utilities, power and water supply, waste

disposal, traffic interference and public safety as well as social and resettlement related issues such as land

acquisition (temporary or permanent); asset acquisition; and eligibility for entitlements, compensation and

assistance; (ii) reconfirm grievances of displaced persons, categorize and prioritize them and aim to provide

solutions within a month; and (iii) report to the aggrieved parties about developments regarding their grievances

and decisions of the GRC.

33

present his/her concern/issues. The process will facilitate resolution through mediation. This local GRC will meet as necessary when there are grievances to be addressed. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign clear responsibilities for implementing its decision within fifteen (15) working days. The contractor will have observer status on GRC. If unsatisfied with the decision, the existence of the GRC will not impede the complainant‟s access to the Government‟s judicial or administrative remedies. 137. The PMU officers will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the GRC, maintaining database of complaints, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings and monitoring to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out. 138. Third tier of GRM. In the event that a grievance cannot be resolved directly by the SPCUs (first tier) or GRC (second tier), the affected person can seek alternative redress through the union or ward committees or in the appropriate court of law. The SPCUs or GRC will be kept informed by the district, municipal or national authority. 139. The safeguard monitoring reports will include the following aspects pertaining to progress on grievances: (i) number of cases registered with the GRC, level of jurisdiction (first, second and third tiers), number of hearings held, decisions made, and the status of pending cases; and (ii) lists of cases in process and already decided upon may be prepared with details such as name, identification (I.D.) with unique serial number, date of notice, date of application, date of hearing, decisions, remarks, actions taken to resolve issues, and status of grievance (i.e., open, closed, pending). 140. Costs. All costs involved in resolving the complaints (meetings, consultations, communication and reporting / information dissemination) will be borne by the PMU.

VIII. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. Implementation Arrangements

141. The Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) is the executing agency. A National Steering Committee, headed by the Secretary of MLGPC, will provide policy guidance to the project. A ministerial committee, also headed by the Secretary of MLGPC, will be responsible for decisions on overall approvals and operational policies of the project. 142. A Project Management Unit (PMU), headed by a Project Director, will be established in the MLGPC which will be responsible for overall coordination, management, administration, project implementation, monitoring, and supervision. The PMU will function as the project office of the MLGPC, will be in-charge of subproject appraisal and approval and will ensure compliance with ADB loan covenants. An Environment Safeguards Officer (PMU ESO) will have the following responsibilities: (i) support Project Director in addressing all environment-related safeguards issues of the project; (ii) implement the EARF; (iii) monitor physical and on-physical activities under the Project; (iv) monitor implementation of safeguards plans; (v) guide the SPCUs as and when necessary; and (vi) endorse/submit periodic monitoring reports9 received from SPCU to the PMU Project Director, who will then submit these to ADB. The PMU will seek the government clearance for submission and disclosure of the environmental monitoring reports to ADB. It will also coordinate with national and state agencies to resolve inter-

9 The monitoring report will focus on the progress of implementation of the IEE/EIA and EARF, issues encountered

and measures adopted, follow-up actions required, if any, as well as the status of compliance with subproject selection criteria, and relevant loan covenants.

34

departmental issues, if any. 143. The PMU will be assisted by PMC Environment Specialist (PMC). The PMC Environment Specialist will (i) review and finalize all reports in consultation with the PMU ESO; (ii) provide project management support, (iii) assure the technical quality of design and construction, (iv) prepare EIA/IEE/ Resettlement Plan/Indigenous People Plan (IPP) reports; and (v) provide advice on policy reforms. In addition, the PMC Environment Specialist will assist the PMU on the procurement needs and other project implementation aspects and shall play a central role in ensuring capacity building on environmental management of the PMU, contractors, and line departments through capacity development support and training. 144. Subproject Coordination Units (SPCU) will be established in each of the seven provinces to take responsibility for supporting subproject preparation, screening and endorsement, procurement, implementation monitoring including quality control and assurance and ensuring safeguards compliance. It is essential that Provincial Councils provide clear guidance to the target Pradeshiya Sabhas in their development planning and subproject identification process, to ensure coherence with the provincial physical development plans and facilitate collaboration among neighboring local authorities possibly for joint infrastructure development. Each SPCU will be headed by the Commissioner of Local Government who will be assigned as the Provincial Project Director and will be the administrative head. For each SPCU, a senior engineer will be appointed as the executive head and will be in-charge of the day-to-day activities of the unit. The senior project engineer will also act as the Environment Safeguards Ofiicer (SPCU ESO) and will be responsible for: (i) implementation of the EMP in each EIA/IEE; (ii) undertake surveys and record their observations throughout the construction period to ensure that safeguards and mitigation measures are provided as intended; (iii) implement and monitor safeguards compliance activities, public relations activities, gender mainstreaming activities and community participation activities; (iv) obtain statutory clearances from government agencies/other entities; and (v) coordinate for obtaining ROW clearances with related provincial and national agencies. 145. Environment Specialists will also be appointed as part of the design and supervision consultant (DSC) teams to (i) update the existing IEEs in the detailed design stage; (ii) assist in the monitoring of EMP during construction stage; and (iii) prepare EIAs/IEEs for new subprojects, where required to comply with national law and/or ADB procedure.

IX. INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM

146. The PMC Environment Specialist will be responsible for training of PMU and SPCUs staff on environmental awareness and management in accordance with both ADB and government requirements. Specific modules customized for the available skill set shall be devised after assessing the capabilities of the target participants and the requirements of the project. The entire training will cover basic principles of environmental assessment and management; mitigation plans and programs, implementation techniques, monitoring methods and tools. Typical modules that will be present for the training session will be as follows: (i) sensitization; (ii) introduction to environment and environmental considerations in urban development projects; (iii) review of IEEs and integration into the subproject detailed design; (iv) improved coordination within nodal departments; and (v) monitoring and reporting system. The proposed training program along with the frequency of sessions is presented in Table 14.

35

Table 14: Training Program for Environmental Management

Program Description Participants Form of Training

Duration/ Location

Conducting Agency

A. Pre-Construction Stage

Sensitization Workshop

Introduction to Environment: Basic Concept of environment Environmental Regulations and Statutory requirements as per the government and ADB

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Workshop ½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Session I

Module I Introduction to Environment: Basic Concept of environment Environmental Regulations and Statutory requirements as per the government and ADB

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture ¼ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module II Environmental Considerations in Urban Development Projects: Environmental components affected by urban development in construction and operation stages Activities causing pollution during construction and operation stages Environmental Management Good Practices in Urban Infrastructure Projects

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Workshop ¼ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module III Review of IEE and its Integration into Designs: IEE Methodology Environmental Provisions in the EMPs Implementation Arrangements Methodology of Assessment of Pollution Monitoring Methodology for site selection of borrow areas, waste disposal areas etc.

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture and Field Visit

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module IV Improved Coordination with other Departments: Overview of the Project Environmental and Social Impacts Statutory Permissions Procedural Requirements Cooperation and Coordination with other Departments.

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture/ Interactive Sessions

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

Module V Special Issues in the Project Bio-Diversity Assessment and Conservation Geomorphological Assessment and Slope Protection Statutory Permissions – Procedural Requirements Consultation and Counseling

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU

Staff

Lecture ½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

B. Construction Stage

Session II

Module VI Role during Construction Roles and Responsibilities of officials/ contractors/ consultants towards protection of environment

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture/ Interactive Sessions

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

36

Program Description Participants Form of Training

Duration/ Location

Conducting Agency

Implementation Arrangements Monitoring mechanisms

Module VII Monitoring and Reporting System

Pradeshiya Sabhas, SPCU Staff

Lecture/ Interactive Sessions

½ Working Day

SPCU, DSC, PMU

ADB = Asian Development Bank, DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, PMU = Project Management Unit, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

B. Environmental Mitigation Plan

147. The succeeding tables show the potential adverse environmental impacts, proposed mitigation measures, responsible parties, and estimated cost of implementation (Tables 15 to 17). This EMP will be included in the bid documents and will be further reviewed and updated during implementation. 148. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. These were discussed with specialists responsible for engineering, and as a result measures have already been included in the outline designs for the infrastructure. This means that the number of impacts and their significance has already been reduced by amending the design. 149. During construction stage, implementation of mitigation measures is the construction contractor‟s responsibility. To ensure implementation of the mitigation measures during the construction period, contract clauses (Appendix 5) for environmental provisions will be part of the civil works contracts. Contractors‟ conformity with contract procedures and specifications during construction will be carefully monitored by SPCU and DSC C. Environmental Monitoring Program

150. The environmental monitoring program includes all relevant environmental parameters, description of sampling stations, frequency of monitoring, applicable standards, responsible parties, and estimated cost (Tables 18 to 20). Monitoring activities during the detailed engineering design stage will from part of the baseline conditions of the subproject sites and will be used as the reference for acceptance of restoration works by the construction contractors.

37

Table 15: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Pre-construction Environmental Mitigation Plan Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Environmental Clearances Clearances and permits are required in order to implement the subproject. Land allotment letter required. If not pursued on timely basis, this can delay the subproject implementation.

(i) Ensure clearance for the intake is obtained from the Forest Department; (ii) Ensure that clearance for construction is obtained from the local, provincial, and national authorities; (iii) Ensure all land allotment letters are obtained

PMU and SPCU (i) Clearance for the intake from Forest Department; (ii) Clearance for construction from local, provincial, and national authorities; (iii) All land allotment letters

Environmental Baseline Data Not sufficient information on water source flow, supply availability, and quality resulting

(i) Conduct one year baseline monitoring

SPCU and DSC (i) flow measurements; (ii) hydrological profile; (iii) water quality data

Utilities Telephone lines, electric poles and wires, water pipe (old) existing within right-of-way (ROW) may be damaged.

(i) Identify and include locations and operators of these utilities in the detailed design documents to prevent unnecessary disruption of services during construction phase; and (ii) Require construction contractors to prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

SPCU and DSC (i) List of affected utilities and operators; (ii) bid document to include requirement for a contingency plan for service interruptions

Water Supply Health risk due to closure of water supply

(i) Plan the construction program to keep the cessation of water supplies to the minimum possible (in both area and duration); (ii) In coordination with Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha, provide alternative potable water to affected households and businesses for the duration of the shut-down; and (iii) Liaise with affected persons to inform them of any cessation in advance, and to ensure that they are provided

SPCU and DSC (i) Schedule of closure; (ii) delivery of local authority of potable water to affected people

38 Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

with an alternative supply.

Social and Cultural Resources

Ground disturbance can uncover and damage archaeological and historical remains

(i) Consult Department of Archaeology to obtain an expert assessment of the archaeological potential of the site; (ii) Consider alternatives if the site is found to be of medium or high risk; (iii) Include the archaeological, cultural and historical authorities, and interest groups in consultation forums as project stakeholders so that their expertise can be made available; and (iv) Develop a protocol for use by the construction contractors in conducting any excavation work, to ensure that any chance finds are recognised and measures are taken to ensure they are protected and conserved.

SPCU and DSC Chance Finds Protocol

Construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

Disruption to traffic flow and sensitive receptors

(i) Prioritize areas within or nearest possible vacant space in the subproject sites; (ii) If it is deemed necessary to locate elsewhere, consider sites that will not promote instability and result in destruction of property, vegetation, and drinking water supply systems; (iii) Do not consider residential areas; (iv) Take extreme care in selecting sites to avoid direct disposal to water bodies or in areas which will inconvenience the community.

SPCU and DSC to determine locations prior to award of construction contracts.

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

39

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

(v) Avoid setting up of labor camp near the river (restricted forest protected area)

Sources of Materials Extraction of materials can disrupt natural land contours and vegetation resulting in accelerated erosion, disturbance in natural drainage patterns, ponding and water logging, and water pollution.

(i) Prioritize sites already permitted by the government; (ii) If other sites are necessary, inform construction contractor that it is their responsibility to verify the suitability of all material sources and to obtain the approval of SPCU; and (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction is started, inform construction contractor to obtain a written approval from PMU.

SPCU and DSC to prepare list of approved quarry sites and sources of materials

(i) List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials; (ii) bid document to include requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, PMU = Project Management Unit, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

40

Table 16: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Construction Environmental Mitigation Plan Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Sources of Materials Extraction of rocks and material may cause ground instability

(i) Use quarry sites and sources permitted by government; (ii) Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of SPCU; (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction has started, obtain written approval from SPCU; and (iv) Submit to DSC on a monthly basis documentation of sources of materials.

Construction Contractor Construction Contractor documentation

Air Quality Emissions from construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery used for excavation and construction resulting to dusts and increase in concentration of vehicle-related pollutants such as carbon monoxide, sulfur oxides, particulate matter, nitrous oxides, and hydrocarbons

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials; (i)(ii) Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather; (iii) Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks; and (iv) Fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices which are operating correctly.

Construction Contractor (i) Location of stockpiles; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices

Surface water quality Mobilization of settled silt materials, run-off from stockpiled materials, and chemical contamination from fuels and lubricants during construction works can contaminate downstream surface water quality.

(i) Prohibit stockpiling of materials in the intake location unless necessary; (ii) Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils will be disposed, consult with

Construction Contractor (i) Areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (ii) records of surface water quality inspection; (iii) effectiveness of water management measures; (iv) for inland water: suspended solids, oil and grease, biological oxygen demand (BOD), and coliforms

41

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

SPCU/DSC on designated disposal areas; (iv) Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies; (v) Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies; (vi) Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites; and (vii) Conduct surface quality inspection according to the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

Noise Levels Increase in noise level due to earth-moving and excavation equipment, and the transportation of equipment, materials, and people

(i) Plan activities in consultation with SPCU/DSC so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance; (ii) Require horns not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle‟s approach; (iii) Minimize noise from construction equipment by using vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise-reducing mufflers, and portable street barriers the sound impact to surrounding sensitive receptor; and (iv) Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dbA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s.

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) use of silencers in noise-producing equipment and sound barriers; (iii) Equivalent day and night time noise levels

Existing Infrastructure and Excavation works can (i) Obtain from SPCU and/or Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive

42

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Facilities damage existing infrastructure located alongside roads, in particular water supply pipes and electricity poles.

DSC the list of affected utilities and operators; and (ii) Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

receptors

Ecological resources –Terrestrial

Felling of the trees – affect terrestrial ecological balance

(i) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees; (ii) If tree-removal will be required, obtain tree-cutting permit from the Forest Department; and (iii) Plant two (2) native trees for every one (1) that is removed.

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) Checking of conservation management plan for tree species and aquatic fauna/ animal

Landscape and Aesthetics Solid wastes as well as excess construction materials

(i) Prepare and implement waste management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan; (ii) Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils; (iii) Coordinate with Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha for

beneficial uses of excess excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas; (iv) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites; (v) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; (vi) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; (vii) Not to dispouse any waste material in river body;

Construction Contractor (i) Waste Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental restoration work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

43

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

and (viii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental restorations work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work.

Surface and Goundwater Excavation will affect on drainage and the local water table if groundwater and surface water collect in the voids.

(i) Conduct excavation works during the non-monsoon season

Construction Contractor (i) Construction contractor‟s schedule and work plan

Accessibility (i)Traffic problems and conflicts in right-of-way (ROW) (ii) Impact on aquatic habitation – animal

(i) Prepare and implement a traffic management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan; (ii) Plan transportation routes so that delivery vehicles do not use narrow roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites; (iii) Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours; (iv) Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic congestion; (v) Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions; (vi) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner; (vii) Coordinate with local traffic police department for temporary road diversions and with for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours; and (viii) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration

Construction Contractor (i) Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) number of signages placed at subproject sites and (iv) maintenance of safety protocol and aquatic conservation plan

44

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Socio-Economic – Income. Impede the access of residents and customers to nearby shops

(i) Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil; (ii) Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across trenches for people and vehicles; (iii) Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools; (iv) Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules; and (v) Provide sign boards for pedestrians to inform nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at subproject sites.

Socio-Economic - Employment

Generation of contractual employment and increase in local revenue

(i) Employ at least 50% of the labor force, or to the maximum extent, local persons within the 2-km immediate area if manpower is available; and (ii) Secure construction materials from local market.

Construction Contractor (i) Employment records; (ii) records of sources of materials

Occupational Health and Safety

occupational hazards which can arise from working in infrastructures like roads and bridges

(i) Develop and implement site-specific Health and Safety Plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use Personal Protective Equipment; (c) health and safety Training for all site personnel; (d) documented

Construction Contractor (i) Site-specific Health and Safety Plan; (ii) Equipped first-aid stations; (iii) Medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Number of accidents; (v) Supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious

45

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents; (ii) Ensure that qualified first-aid can be provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site; (iii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; (v) Provide supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; (vii) Provide health and safety orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers; (viii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted; (ix) Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas; (x) Ensure moving equipment

substances; (vii) record of health and safety orientation trainings (viii) use of personal protective equipments; (ix) % of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal.

46

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; (xii) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively; and (xiii) During work within the river special precaution particularly using safety equipment/ belt and training on swimming and mitigation under emergency situation is necessary.

Community Health and Safety.

Traffic accidents and vehicle collision with pedestrians

(i) Plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities. (ii) Liaise with SPCU/DSC in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps. (iii) Maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure. (iv) Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions.

Construction Contractor (i) Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors

47

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Work Camps Temporary air and noise pollution from machine operation, water pollution from storage and use of fuels, oils, solvents, and lubricants

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants; (ii) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees unless approved by the Forest Department ; (iii) Provide water and sanitation facilities for employees; (iv) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood; (v) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can potentially cause soil contamination; (vi) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (vii) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; (viii) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings, shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and (ix) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work.

Construction Contractor (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) water and sanitation facilities for employees; and (iii) SPCU/DSC report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions

Social and Cultural Resources

Risk of archaeological chance finds

(i) Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work; (ii) Request SPCU/DSC or any authorized person with

Construction Contractor (i)Records of chance finds

48

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

archaeological field training to observe excavation; (iii) Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected; and (iv) Inform SPCU/DSC if a find is suspected, and take any action they require ensuring its removal or protection in situ.

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, EMP = environmental management plan, PMU = Project Management Unit, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

49

Table 17: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures – Operation and Maintenance Environmental Mitigation Plan Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

General General impact (i) Refill and re-compact trenches soil and backfilled sand will be removed to expose the leaking junction or pipe; (ii) Conduct work during non-monsoon period; and (iii) Cover or wet excavated material to prevent dusts.

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

Complaints from sensitive receptors

Wastewater Discharge into water causing water pollution

(i) Land application of wastes with high dissolved solids concentrations is generally preferred over discharge to surface water subject to further evaluation by the DSC of the potential impact on soil, groundwater, and surface water resulting from such application; (ii) Recycle filter backwash into the process if possible; and (iii) Treat and dispose of reject streams, consistent with SLSI requirements.

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha

and O&M Contractors (i)Complaints from sensitive receptors (ii) Field checking (iii) Testing of soil, surface and ground water

Hazardous Chemicals Release to nature causing air, water and soil pollution

(i) Store chlorine in cool, dry, and dark conditions for no more than one month, and use equipment constructed of corrosion-resistant materials; (ii) Minimize the amount of chlorination chemicals stored on site while maintaining a sufficient inventory to cover intermittent disruptions in supply; (iii) Develop and implement a prevention program that includes identification of potential hazards, written operating procedures, training, maintenance, and accident investigation procedures; and (iv) Develop and implement a plan for responding to accidental releases.

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha and O&M Contractors

(i)Complaints from sensitive receptors (ii) Site checking (iii) Checking of awareness and emergency training document

Economic Development Impediments to residents and businesses

(i) Inform all residents and businesses about the nature and duration of any work well in advance so that they can make preparations if

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

Complaints from sensitive receptors

50

Field Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures Responsible for Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

necessary; (ii) Conduct these works to provide wooden walkways across trenches for pedestrians and metal sheets where vehicle access is required; and (iii) Consult the local police regarding any such work so that it can be planned to avoid traffic disruption as far as possible, and road diversions can be organized if necessary.

Social and Cultural Resources

Temporary disruption of activities

(i) Complete work in these areas quickly; (ii) Provide wooden bridges for pedestrians and metal sheets for vehicles to allow access across open trenches where required; and (iii) Consult local authority, custodians of important buildings, and local communities in advance of the work to identify and address key issues, and avoid working at sensitive times, such as religious and cultural festivals.

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

Complaints from sensitive receptors

O&M = operation and maintenance, SLSI = Sri Lanka Standards Institute

Table 18: Pre-construction Environmental Monitoring Program Field Location Responsible for

Mitigation Monitoring of

Mitigation Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Environmental Clearance

Not applicable PMU and SPCU (i) Clearance for the intake from Forest Department; (ii) Clearance for construction from local, provincial, and national authorities; (iii) All land allotment letters

Checking of records

All clearances obtained prior to award of contract and construction activities

Once PMU and PMC

51

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Baseline Environmental Condition - Water Quality

Subproject sites SPCU and DSC Establish baseline values of suspended solids (TSS), pH, chemical oxygen (COD), biological oxygen demand (BOD), dissolved oxygen, oil and grease, feacal coliform

Water sample collection and analyses by in-house laboratory or accredited 3rd party laboratory

The government‟s Water Quality Standards

Once prior to start of construction

PMU and PMC

Utilities shifting Affected sites SPCU and DSC (i)List of affected utilities and operators; (ii) BID document to include requirement for a contingency plan for service interruptions

Checking of records

(i) List of affected utilities and operators prepared; (ii) requirement for a contingency plan for service interruptions included in BID documents

Once PMU and PMC

Water Supply Cessation

Area concerned SPCU and DSC (i) Schedule of closure; (ii) Delivery of potable water by Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha to affected people

Checking of records

(i) tentative schedule of closure made known to affective people 2 weeks prior to cessation of water supply; (ii) coordination with Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha for supply of potable water to 100% affected people

Once PMU and PMC

Social and Cultural Heritage

Affected area SPCU and DSC Chance Finds Protocol

Checking of records

Chance Finds Protocol provided to construction contractors prior to commencement

Once PMU and PMC

52

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

of activities

Construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

Concerned place SPCU and DSC to determine locations prior to award of construction contracts.

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas.

Checking of records

List of selected sites for construction work camps, hot mix plants, stockpile areas, storage areas, and disposal areas provided to construction contractors prior to commencement of works.

Once PMU and PMC

Sources of Materials

Concerned sites SPCU and DSC to prepare list of approved quarry sites and sources of materials

(i)List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials; (ii) BID document to include requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

Checking of records

(i) List of approved quarry sites and sources of materials provided to construction contractors (ii) BID document included requirement for verification of suitability of sources and permit for additional quarry sites if necessary.

once PMU and PMC

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, EMP = environmental management plan, PMC = project management consultant, PMU = Project Management Unit, O&M = Operation and Maintenance, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

53

Table 19: Construction Environmental Monitoring Program Field Location Responsible for

Mitigation Monitoring of

Mitigation Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Sources of Materials

Quarries and sources of materials

Construction Contractor

Construction Contractor documentation

(i) Checking of records; (ii) visual inspection of sites

(i) sites are permitted; (ii) report submitted by construction contractor monthly (until such time there is excavation work)

Monthly submission for construction contractor As needed for DSC

SPCU and DSC

Air Quality Construction sites and areas designated for stockpiling of materials and water treatment plant

Construction Contractor

(i) Location of stockpiles; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices

(i) Checking of records; (ii) visual inspection of sites

(i) stockpiles on designated areas only; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed; (iii) air pollution control devices working properly;

Monthly for checking records

SPCU and DSC in coordination with pollution control board

Surface Water Quality

(i) construction sites; (ii) areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials;

Construction Contractor

(i) Areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (ii) number of silt traps installed along drainages leading to water bodies; (iii) records of surface water quality inspection; (iv) effectiveness of water management measures; (v) for inland water: suspended solids, oil and grease, biological oxygen

Visual inspection and testing results

(i) designated areas only; (ii) silt traps installed and functioning; (iii) no noticeable increase in suspended solids and silt from construction activities (iv) SLSI Standards for Water Discharges to Inland Waters and Land for Irrigation

Monthly for visual inspection

SPCU and DSC

54

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

demand (BOD), COD, DO and coliforms.(vi) bio-indicator test

Noise Levels (i) construction sites, (ii)areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (iii) work camps

Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) use of silencers in noise-producing equipment and sound barriers; (iii) Equivalent day and night time noise levels

(i) Checking of records; (ii) visual inspection of sites

(i) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed; and (ii) silencers in noise-producing equipment functioning as design; and (iii) sound barriers installed where necessary

Monthly SPCU and DSC

Existing Utilities and Infrastructure

(i) construction sites; (ii) alignment of affected utilities

Construction Contractor

(i) Existing Utilities Contingency Plan;

(i) Checking of records; (ii) Visual inspection

implementation according to Utilities Contingency Plan

As needed SPCU and DSC

Ecological Resources – Terrestrial

(i) construction sites

Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) Checking of conservation management plan for tree species and aquatic fauna/ animal

(i) Checking of records; (ii) Visual inspection

Implementation according to tree-cutting permit

As necessary SPCU and DSC

Landscape and Aesthetics

(i) construction sites; (ii) areas for stockpiles, storage of fuels and lubricants and waste materials; (iii) work camps

Construction Contractor

(i) Waste Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental restoration work has been

(i) Checking of records; (ii) Visual inspection

(i) no accumulation of solid wastes on-site; (ii) Implementation of Waste Management Plan; (iii) complaints from sensitive receptors

Monthly SPCU and DSC

55

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

adequately performed before acceptance of work.

satisfactorily addressed.

Accessibility (i) construction sites; (ii) traffic routes

Construction Contractor

(i) Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors; (iii) number of signages placed at subproject sites.

Visual inspection (i) implementation of Traffic Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed; (iii) signages visible and located in designated areas

Monthly SPCU and DSC

Socio-Economic - Income

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) number of walkways, signages, and metal sheets placed at subproject sites.

Visual inspection (i) Complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed; (ii) Walkways, ramps, and metal sheets provided (iii) signages visible and located in designated areas

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

Socio-Economic - Employment

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Employment records; (ii) records of sources of materials

Checking of records

number of employees from Kolonna equal or greater than 50% of total workforce

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

Occupational Health and Safety

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Site-specific Health and Safety Plan; (ii) Equipped first-aid stations; (iii) Medical insurance coverage for

(i) Checking of records; (ii) visual inspection

(i) implementation of health and safety plan; (ii) number of work-related accidents; (iii) percentage usage of

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

56

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

workers; (iv) Number of accidents; (v) Supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances; (vii) record of health and safety orientation trainings (viii) personal protective equipments (particularly for worker during working within the river); (ix) percentage of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal.

personal protective equipment; (iv) number of first-aid stations, frequency of potable water delivery, provision of clean eating area, and number of sign boards are according to approved plan; (v) percentage of moving equipment outfitted with audible back-up alarms

Community Health and Safety

construction sites Construction Contractor

(i) Traffic Management

Visual inspection (i) implementation of Traffic

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

57

Field Location Responsible for Mitigation

Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors

Management Plan; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

Social and economic resources

Construction sites Construction contractor SPCU/implementing NGO

Internal monitoring reports of SPCU

Visual inspection Consultation Monitoring surveys Grievance redressal records

(i) APs compensated/assisted; (ii) No. of APs trained; (iii) No. of vulnerable APs provided access to literacy/numeracy classes, if undertaken; (iv) compensation for non-land assets paid to non-titled persons etc.

Monthly, quarterly and annual

PMU

Work Camps work camps Construction Contractor

(i) Complaints from sensitive receptors; (ii) water and sanitation facilities for employees; and (iii) SPCU/DSC report in writing that the camp has been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions

Visual inspection (i) designated areas only; (ii) complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

Quarterly SPCU and DSC

Chance Finds construction sites Construction Contractor

records of chance finds

checking of records

Implementation of Chance Finds Protocol

as needed SPCU and DSC

DSC = Design and Supervision Consultant, PMU = Project Management Unit, NGO = non-governmental organization, SPCU = Subproject Coordination Units

58

Table 20: Operation and Maintenance Environmental Monitoring Program Field Location Responsible for

Mitigation Monitoring of Mitigation

Method of Monitoring

Indicators/ Standards

Frequency Responsible for Monitoring

General Maintenance Work

subproject sites Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

complaints from sensitive receptors

checking of records

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed PMU

Community Health and Safety

subproject sites Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

complaints from sensitive receptors

checking of records

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed PMU

Accessibility subproject sites Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

complaints from sensitive receptors

checking of records

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed PMU

Water Quality At WTP, intake location and few supply points

Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M

Contractors

Drinking water quality parameter: pH, total metals, chloride, fluoride, coliform, BOD

Sample collection and laboratory analyses

The government‟s Drinking Water Standards

As needed PMU

Effluent quality Treatment plant Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

Complaints from sensitive receptors

Sample collection and laboratory analyses

Complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

Quarterly PMU

Hazardous Chemicals

Treatment plant Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M

Contractors

Complaints from sensitive receptors

(ii) Site checking

(iii) Checking of

document

Complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressedAwareness and emergency training document

Quarterly PMU

Biodiversity protection

At Intake location Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha/ O&M Contractors

complaints from sensitive receptors

checking of records, checking through visual observation

complaints from sensitive receptors satisfactorily addressed

as needed PMU

O&M = Operation and Maintenance, PMU = project management unit

59

D. Staffing Requirement and Budget

151. The costs for environmental safeguard activities which are responsibilities of the PMC and design and supervision consultant (DSC are included in respective consultant packages. The cost of mitigation measures during construction stage will be incorporated into the contractor‟s costs. Thus remaining costs related to environmental safeguards cover the following activities:

(i) Conduct of environmental monitoring for baseline data generation and long-term

surveys; (ii) Replacement and maintenance of trees, if required; and (iii) Conduct of environmental capacity-building lectures and workshops.

152. The indicative costs of these various inputs are shown in Table 21.

Table 21: Indicative Cost of EARF Implementation

Item Quantity Unit Cost

(US$) Sub-total Cost

(US$) Source of Funds

Environmental Monitoring

(a) Design Stage to establish baseline environmental data

Lump Sum

$1,000 $1,000 DSC Cost

(b) Construction Phase - - Construction Contractor‟s costs

(c) O&M - - Pradeshiya Sabha’s

cost

Tree-planting and landscaping Lump sum

$500 $500 Construction Contractor‟s costs

Capacity Building Expenses $500 $500 PMC/DSC Cost

DSC = design and supervision consultant, O&M = operation and maintenance, PMC = project management consultant.

E. Monitoring and Reporting

153. The project management unit (PMU) will monitor and measure the progress of environmental management plan (EMP) implementation. The monitoring activities will be corresponding with the project‟s risks and impacts and will be identified in the environmental impact assessment (EIAs)/initial environmental examination (IEEs) for the subprojects. In addition to recording information of the work, deviation of work components from original scope, the PMU and SPCU will undertake site inspections and document review to verify compliance with the EMP and progress toward the final outcome. 154. DSC will submit monthly monitoring and implementation reports to SPCU, who will take follow-up actions, if necessary. SPCU will submit the quarterly monitoring and implementation reports to PMU who will then submit to the Project Director. The PMU will submit semi-annual monitoring reports to Asian Development Bank (ADB). The suggested monitoring report format is in Appendix 6. Project budgets will reflect the costs of monitoring and reporting requirements. For subprojects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue at the minimum on an annual basis. Monitoring reports will be posted in a location accessible to the public. 155. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts, the Ministry of Local Government and Provincial Councils (MLGPC) will retain qualified and experienced

60

external experts to verify its monitoring information. The MLGPC will document monitoring results, identify the necessary corrective actions, and reflect them in a corrective action plan. The MLGPC, in each quarter, will study the compliance with the action plan developed in the previous quarter. Compliance with loan covenants will be screened by the MLGPC. 156. ADB will review project performance against the MLGPC‟s commitments as agreed in the legal documents. The extent of ADB's monitoring and supervision activities will be commensurate with the Project‟s risks and impacts. Monitoring and supervising of social and environmental safeguards will be integrated into the project performance management system. ADB will monitor projects on an ongoing basis until a project completion report is issued. ADB will carry out the following monitoring actions to supervise project implementation:

(i) conduct periodic site visits for projects with adverse environmental or social impacts;

(ii) conduct supervision missions with detailed review by ADB‟s safeguard specialists/officers or consultants for projects with significant adverse social or environmental impacts;

(iii) review the periodic monitoring reports submitted by MLGPC to ensure that adverse impacts and risks are mitigated as planned and as agreed with ADB;

(iv) work with MLGPC to rectify to the extent possible any failures to comply with their safeguard commitments, as covenanted in the legal agreements, and exercise remedies to re-establish compliance as appropriate; and

(v) prepare a project completion report that assesses whether the objective and desired outcomes of the safeguard plans have been achieved, taking into account the baseline conditions and the results of monitoring.

X. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

157. The process described in this document has assessed the environmental impacts of all elements of the infrastructure proposed under the Kolonna Water Supply Subproject. Potential negative impacts were identified in relation to both construction and operation of the improved infrastructure. Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. These were discussed with specialists responsible for engineering, and as a result measures have already been included in the outline designs for the infrastructure. This means that the number of impacts and their significance has already been reduced by amending the design. 158. Regardless of these and various other actions taken during the IEE process and in developing the subproject, there will still be impacts on the environment when the infrastructure is built and when it is operating. This is mainly because of the (i) invasive nature of trenching and other excavation; (ii) proximity of the intake in a reserve forest; and (iii) distribution network is located where there are moderately populated areas. 159. During the construction phase, impacts mainly arise from the earth-movement, trenching and disturbance of residents, businesses, traffic and important buildings by the construction work. These are common impacts of construction in developed areas, and there are well developed methods for their mitigation. 160. One field in which impacts are much less routine is archaeology, and while risks are low, a series of specific measures have been developed to avoid damaging important remains if any are encountered.

61

161. It is proposed that the project will employ in the workforce people who live in the vicinity of construction sites to provide them with a short-term economic gain; and ensure that people employed in the longer term to maintain and operate the new facilities are residents of nearby communities. 162. In addition, it is also proposed contract clauses for environmental provisions are made to be part of the civil works contract to ensure implementation of mitigation measures during the construction period. Contractors‟ conformity with contract procedures and specifications during construction shall be carefully monitored by SPCU and DSC. 163. Once the system is operating, the facilities will operate with routine maintenance, which shall not affect the environment. Leaks in the distribution network will need to be repaired from time to time, but environmental impacts will be much less than those of the construction period as the work will be infrequent, affecting small areas only. It will also be conducted in areas that have already been excavated, so there will be no need to protect archaeological material. 164. The main impacts of the operating water supply system will be beneficial as the citizens of Kolonna will be provided with a constant supply of water, which will serve a greater proportion of the population. This will improve the quality of life of people as well as benefiting both individual and public health as the improvements in hygiene shall reduce the incidence of disease associated with poor sanitation. This shall lead to economic gains as people will be away from work less and will spend less on healthcare, so their incomes shall increase. 165. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring and management conducted during construction and operation to ensure that all measures are implemented, and to determine whether the environment is protected as intended. This will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries, and any requirements for remedial action will be reported to the PMU. There will also be longer-term surveys to monitor the expected improvements in the quality of domestic water and the health of the population. 166. Finally, stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through intensive discussions on site and a large public meeting/ workshop held in the town, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and the planning and development of the project. The IEE will be made available at public locations in the town and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the ADB website. The consultation process will be continued and expanded during project implementation. 167. This IEE has assessed all potential environmental impacts associated with the subproject. There are no impacts that are significant or complex in nature, or that need an in-depth study to assess the impact. Thus, the subproject is unlikely to cause significant adverse impacts. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with design, construction, and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. 168. Based on the findings of the IEE, the classification of the subproject as Category “B” is confirmed, and no further special study or detailed EIA needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS (2009). Required clearances/permits include: Central Environmental Authority (CEA) and Pradeshiya Sabha.

62 Appendix 1

APPENDIX 1: Results of Intake Water Quality Analysis

Appendix 2 63

APPENDIX 2: Sri Lanka Institution Applicable Standards

64 Appendix 2

Appendix 3 65

APPENDIX 3: Records of Public Consultations Kolonna Water Supply Subproject

Stage 1: Public consultation for the initial assessment of issues and development of consultation framework with the council Date: 21 to 22 March 2011 Description: During the visit to the Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas, the team had a discussion with the newly elected chairman, secretary, revenue officer, staff, technical officer and other stakeholders. The chairman outlined the priorities of the people of the LA. Participants:

From the Local Authority (i) Secretary – Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas (ii) Technical Officer – Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas (iii) MoH – Kolonna (iv) Management Assistant – Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas (v) Programme Assistant – Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas - and (vi) Several public were met at the town and proposed sites

Consultants

(i) International Team Leader (ii) Subproject Team Leader (iii) Financial Management Expert (iv) Social Safeguard Specialist (v) Project Manager (vi) Coordinator – GreenTech Consultants

Summary: As at the date visit, the council of members had been dissolved for holding fresh election. Although elections were held and concluded on 18th March 2011 the new council is yet to be formally appointed. Hence the discussions were only with the Secretary of the Council and the council staff. The main need as identified by the Secretary was to increase the revenue of the council so that the council can provide the services expected by them to the area.

For the purpose of increasing such revenue, the Secretary identified the following means: (i) To develop the following existing polas (day markets) to gain more income. (ii) Generate income from lands belonging to Pradeshiya Sabhas (iii) Generate income from Rates and Taxes (iv) Trade licenses to business community (v) Assistance for Ayurvedic Centre (vi) Utilization of natural scenic locations for economic gain of Pradeshiya Sabhas

For providing better facilities to the constituents, the Secretary identified the following:

(i) Need for garbage collection for the urban areas (ii) Need for water scheme for Kolonna area (iii) Improvements to Road Network (iv) Library Facilities

Stage 2: Public consultation for the assessment of needs based on initial information

66 Appendix 3

collected and assessment views of stakeholders on priorities and options for service delivery

List of participants – Stage 2 Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabhas

Appendix 3 67

Stage 3: Public consultation for the review of feasibility of initial priority activities and broad agreements on the reform APs and implementation schedule. Date: 25 March 2011 Summary: Prioritized subprojects among the identified long list, was finalized and the consent of the public, council members and other key stakeholders were obtained.

List of Participants:

68 Appendix 3

Appendix 4 69

APPENDIX 4: Sample Grievance Registration Form (To be available in Local Language)

The _____________________________________Project welcomes complaints, suggestions, queries and comments regarding project implementation. We encourage persons with grievance to provide their name and contact information to enable us to get in touch with you for clarification and feedback. Should you choose to include your personal details but want that information to remain confidential, please inform us by writing/typing *(CONFIDENTIAL)* above your name. Thank you. Date Place of registration

Contact Information/Personal Details

Name: Gender: __Male ___ Female Age:

Home Address

Village / Town

District

Phone no.

E-mail

Complaint/Suggestion/Comment/Question Please provide the details (who, what, where and how) of your grievance below: If included as attachment/note/letter, please tick here: ___

How do you want us to reach you for feedback or update on your comment/grievance?

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Registered by: (Name of Official registering grievance)

Verified thru:

___ Note/Letter

___ E-mail

___ Verbal/Telephonic

Reviewed by: (Names/Positions of Official(s) reviewing grievance)

Action Taken:

Whether Action Taken Disclosed:

____ Yes

___ No

Means of Disclosure:

70 Appendix 5

APPENDIX 5: Recommended Construction Contractors Clauses

Sources of Materials

(i) Use quarry sites and sources permitted by government; (ii) Verify suitability of all material sources and obtain approval of SPCU; (iii) If additional quarries will be required after construction has started, obtain written

approval from SPCU; and (iv) Submit to DSC on a monthly basis documentation of sources of materials.

Air Quality

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC on the designated areas for stockpiling of clay, soils, gravel, and other construction materials;

(ii) Damp down exposed soil and any stockpiled on site by spraying with water when necessary during dry weather;

(iii) Use tarpaulins to cover sand and other loose material when transported by trucks; and

(iv) Fit all heavy equipment and machinery with air pollution control devices which are operating correctly.

Surface water quality

(i) Prohibit stockpiling of materials in the intake location unless necessary; (ii) Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless

covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets; (iii) Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils

will be disposed, consult with SPCU/DSC on designated disposal areas; (iv) Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to

the water bodies; (v) Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to

water bodies; (vi) Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites; and (vii) Conduct surface quality inspection according to the Environmental Management

Plan (EMP). Noise Levels

(i) Plan activities in consultation with SPCU/DSC so that activities with the greatest potential to generate noise are conducted during periods of the day which will result in least disturbance;

(ii) Require horns not be used unless it is necessary to warn other road users or animals of the vehicle‟s approach;

(iii) Minimize noise from construction equipment by using vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise-reducing mufflers, and portable street barriers the sound impact to surrounding sensitive receptor; and

(iv) Maintain maximum sound levels not exceeding 80 decibels (dbA) when measured at a distance of 10 m or more from the vehicle/s.

Existing Infrastructure and Facilities

(i) Obtain from SPCU and/or DSC the list of affected utilities and operators; and

Appendix 5 71

(ii) Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be done in case of unintentional interruption of services.

Ecological resources –Terrestrial

(i) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees; (ii) If tree-removal will be required, obtain tree-cutting permit from the Forest

Department; and (iii) Plant two (2) native trees for every one (1) that is removed.

Landscape and Aesthetics

(i) Prepare and implement waste management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Avoid stockpiling of excess excavated soils; (iii) Coordinate with Kolonna Pradeshiya Sabha for beneficial uses of excess

excavated soils or immediately dispose to designated areas; (iv) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the sites; (v) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (vi) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; (vii) Not to dispouse any waste material in river body; and (viii) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the necessary environmental

restorations work has been adequately performed before acceptance of work. Surface and Goundwater

(i) Conduct excavation works during the non-monsoon season Accessibility

(i) Prepare and implement a traffic management plan as part of the construction contractor‟s site-specific plan;

(ii) Plan transportation routes so that delivery vehicles do not use narrow roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites;

(iii) Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours; (iv) Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic

congestion; (v) Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions; (vi) Drive vehicles in a considerate manner; (vii) Coordinate with local traffic police department for temporary road diversions and

with for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours; and

(viii) Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards informing nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Socio-Economic – Income.

(i) Leave spaces for access between mounds of soil; (ii) Provide walkways and metal sheets where required to maintain access across

trenches for people and vehicles;

72 Appendix 5

(iii) Increase workforce in front of critical areas such as institutions, place of worship, business establishment, hospitals, and schools;

(iv) Consult businesses and institutions regarding operating hours and factoring this in work schedules; and

(v) Provide sign boards for pedestrians to inform nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Socio-Economic - Employment

(i) Employ at least 50% of the labor force, or to the maximum extent, local persons within the 2-km immediate area if manpower is available; and

(ii) Secure construction materials from local market. Occupational Health and Safety

(i) Develop and implement site-specific Health and Safety Plan which will include measures such as: (a) excluding public from the site; (b) ensuring all workers are provided with and use Personal Protective Equipment; (c) health and safety Training for all site personnel; (d) documented procedures to be followed for all site activities; and (e) documentation of work-related accidents;

(ii) Ensure that qualified first-aid can be provided at all times. Equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the site;

(iii) Provide medical insurance coverage for workers; (iv) Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks; (v) Provide supplies of potable drinking water; (vi) Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or

noxious substances; (vii) Provide health and safety orientation training to all new workers to ensure that

they are apprised of the basic site rules of work at the site, personal protective protection, and preventing injuring to fellow workers;

(viii) Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present. Ensure also that visitor/s do not enter hazard areas unescorted;

(ix) Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas;

(x) Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms; (xi) Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical

devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate; and

(xii) Disallow worker exposure to noise level greater than 85 dBA for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively.

(xiii) During work within the river special precaution, particularly using safety equipment/ belt and training on swimming and mitigation under emergency is necessary.

Community Health and Safety.

(i) Plan routes to avoid times of peak-pedestrian activities. (ii) Liaise with SPCU/DSC in identifying high-risk areas on route cards/maps. (iii) Maintain regularly the vehicles and use of manufacturer-approved parts to

Appendix 5 73

minimize potentially serious accidents caused by equipment malfunction or premature failure.

(iv) Provide road signs and flag persons to warn of dangerous conditions. Work Camps

(i) Consult with SPCU/DSC before locating project offices, sheds, and construction plants;

(ii) Minimize removal of vegetation and disallow cutting of trees unless approved by the Forest Department ;

(iii) Provide water and sanitation facilities for employees; (iv) Prohibit employees from poaching wildlife and cutting of trees for firewood; (v) Train employees in the storage and handling of materials which can potentially

cause soil contamination; (vi) Recover used oil and lubricants and reuse or remove from the site; (vii) Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse,

recycling and disposal to designated areas; (viii) Remove all wreckage, rubbish, or temporary structures (such as buildings,

shelters, and latrines) which are no longer required; and (ix) Request SPCU/DSC to report in writing that the camp has been vacated and

restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of work. Social and Cultural Resources

(i) Strictly follow the protocol for chance finds in any excavation work; (ii) Request SPCU/DSC or any authorized person with archaeological field training

to observe excavation; (iii) Stop work immediately to allow further investigation if any finds are suspected;

and (iv) Inform SPCU/DSC if a find is suspected, and take any action they require

ensuring its removal or protection in site.

74 Appendix 6

APPENDIX 6: Environmental Monitoring Format 1. Work Details

Table A4.1: Work Details and Risks Locations Sub-projects

Components (Package

No.)

Name of the

contractor

Listing of works

under the package

Starting Date (land clearance)

and schedule date of

completion

What type of works

continued at present

Progress Percentage

Expected changes

from approved

scope

Fulfillment of

objectives- Type of remedial

measures needed

Key assumptions and risks that

affect attainment of the objectives

2. Implementation of Environmental Management Plan

Table A4.2: Status of Environment, Forest and Other Clearances City/ Town

Work (Package No.)

Applicable Legislation/ Type of clearance

Clearance given by and date

Subject/ Issue

Remarks/ Action needed

Table A4.3: Compliance with Environmental Management Plan

Description of Impact

Mitigation measures Proposed

Implementation status

Detail/ Remarks on

Implementation

Monitoring methods

and frequency

Monitoring conducted

by

Monitoring

Remarks (Excellent/Satisfactory/Partially

Satisfactory/Below Satisfaction/Poor/Very Poor)

Remarks and actions taken

to improve implementation

Detailed Design

Pre- Construction

Construction

Table A4.4: Measurement of Pollutants

Components Package/ Location

Period of monitoring

Parameters/Pollutants Standard Base line

status

Monitoring result during project

Implementation

Remarks

Noise

Air Quality

Water Quality

Soil Quality